RTS | DV-3135 | Specifications | RTS DV-3135 Specifications

The
SourceBook
35mmSLRPhoto
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Section5
Tripods and Accessories
Acratech..................................................424
Arca Swiss...............................................425
Benbo ..............................................426-427
Berlbach ..........................................428-429
Cullman...........................................430-435
Davis & Sanford .............................436-437
Ergorest ..................................................438
FLM .................................................439-440
Foba .................................................440-441
Giottos.............................................442-445
Gitzo ................................................446-461
Hakuba ...................................................462
Impact.....................................................463
Kaiser ......................................................467
Linhof..............................................464-465
Majestic ...........................................466-467
Manfrotto........................................468-485
Novoflex ..........................................486-492
Slik...................................................493-505
Sunpak.............................................506-511
Studio Ball ..............................................511
Tiltall ......................................................512
UltraPod .................................................512
Velbon .............................................513-519
Wimberly ........................................520-523
A C R AT E C H
424
TRIPODS
ULTIMATE BALLHEAD
The Acratech Ultimate Ballhead is the most efficient design ever created for combining low
mass with incredible stopping power. Available with or without an installed Arca-type
quick release clamp, it is an ideal head for those that don’t need the progressive tension
control of the heavier (and more expensive) Arca-Swiss B1. It can be combined with a
Wimberley Sidekick to give exceptional gimbal-type control of all but the most gargantuan
35mm and medium format super telephoto lenses.
The Ultimate Ball Head will hold more weight more securely than ball heads many times
it’s size. It is designed to hold 35mm, medium format and smaller large format cameras
securely in any position, and has been tested to hold 25 lbs in any position. Tripod connection thread is 3/8˝-16, and includes a reducer bushing so it will also fit 1/4˝-20 threads
and all standard camera tripods.
All components are precision C.N.C. (computer-numerically controlled) machined from
solid stock and all structural components are machined from aircraft 6061-T6 aluminum. All threaded fasteners are machined
from stainless steel and all bearing surfaces are machined from a special copolymer similar to Teflon.
FEATURES
◆
Solid precision feel, absolutely no
migration after tightening the clamp
◆
Silky-smooth black andonized finish for
precise positioning
◆
Fully captive controls will not come off
from prolonged vibrations
Ultimate Ballhead 1110 (ACUBHQRKR):
With Arca-type Quick Release Clamp &
Independent Panning Lock & Rubber Main
Control Knob (Requires Plate).............279.95
Ultimate Ballhead 1113 (ACUBHKR):
Same as 1110 without quick release clamp
and plate.................................................229.95
◆
Open design facilitates quick maintenance
◆
Calibrated panning bed
◆ “Dry” ball
◆
does not attract dirt or dust
Full movements allow any camera position
Fits all standard tripods (1/4˝-20
and 3/8˝-16 threads)
◆ Weighs
less than 1 lb. with quick release
clamp, easily holds over 25 lbs. at any angle.
2135 Arca-Type Quick Release Plate (ACQRPC1VPB): For Canon EOS-1/1N/1v & EOS-3 cameras with PB-E1 or PB-E2 Boosters........................................................................................39.95
2136 Arca-Type Quick Release Plate
For Canon EOS-1/1N/1v & EOS-3
cameras without PB-E1 or PB-E2 ...............39.95
(ACQRPC1V):
2137 Arca-Type Quick Release Plate
(ACQRPPLX): For Leica R4, R5, R6 or R7, Nikon
F2, F3, FA, FE, FG or FM and Pentax LX, MX &
ZX5 Cameras ................................................39.95
2138 Arca-Type Quick Release Plate
(ACQRPCE7): For Canon Elan 7/7N/7E/7NE
(without grip); Nikon D100 (without grip),
8008, 8008S, N70, N80 and Contax RTS-3
cameras .........................................................39.95
Ultimate Ballhead 1116: Same as 1113 except
with rubber pan knob ...........................239.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
◆
1127 Arca-Type Quick Release Clamp (ACQRC): With 3/8˝-16 threaded hole....................79.95
Ultimate Ballhead 1115 (ACUBHQRKRLDP):
Same as 1114 except the quick release clamp
has a spring-loaded detente pin............299.95
Ultimate Ballhead 1112 (ACUBHKML):
Same as 1111 without quick release clamp
and plate.................................................219.95
Compatible with Kirk, Arca, R.R.S., and
many other QR plates
C L A M P S & P L AT E S
Ultimate Ballhead 1114:
Same as 1110 except with rubber pan and
quick release knob .................................289.95
Ultimate Ballhead 1111 (ACUBHQRKML):
With Arca-Type Quick Release Clamp and
Independent Panning Lock & Metal Knob
(Requires Plate) .....................................269.95
◆
2139 Arca-Type Quick Release Plate (ACQRPNF5): For Nikon F5.........................................39.95
2140 Arca-Type Quick Release Plate (ACQRPNF100): For Nikon F100..................................39.95
2141 Arca-Type Quick Release Plate (ACQRPNF100MB): For Nikon F100 with MB-15 Grip .39.95
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
ARCA SWISS
BALL HEADS
The unique shape of Arca Swiss Monoballs (an ellipse rather than a sphere) is what separates them from all others. Due to its
elliptical nature, they eliminate the need to constantly modulate the tension. The load stays exactly where you tell it to once
locked into position. A separate control is set to apply a constant minimum friction, which allows you the peace of mind that
comes with knowing your gear will never move of its own volition. The heavier your gear, the more the advantages of the Arca
Swiss become evident. The exquisite finish adds to the exact positioning capacity.
TRIPODS
There are two types of ballheads available: The B1 Series is a single axis rotation ball head with one locking knob. The B1e is
an economic model without panning capabilities, the B1 Standard has panning capabilities and the B1G is the large model — all sold with
different camera mounting devices. All Arca ballheads mount onto 3/8˝-16 tripod screws. The B2, which is built on the double axis rotation,
allows movement around two distinct axes due to two separate balls encapsulated into one another and two individual locking knobs.
B2 MonoBall
B1 MonoBall
The B2 incorporates all the features
of the B1, but adds the attributes of
a 3-dimensional tilting device. For
the first time an appliance designed
as a ball head allows separate movements according to the tilting
method. One ball placed within the
other, and both controlled in their
progressive cushioning behavior by
two satin-smooth tightening knobs.
Tightening knobs lock the basic setting, and the panorama runs
smooth and vibration-free. It can be fixed in any position
whatsoever. To respond to the most challenging demands made
on the professional photographer, the B2 Monoball is fitted with
the fast and firm Arca-Swiss quick-set plate.
Monoball B1G (ARB1GQRFL): With independent panning lock and
Flip-Lock Quick Release. Requires plate. Supports 200 lbs. ......599.95
Monoball B1e (ARB1EQRFL): With Flip-Lock Quick Release.
Requires plate. Supports 90 lbs. ..................................................358.95
Monoball B1G (ARB1GQR): With independent panning lock and
Quick Release. Requires plate. Supports 200 lbs. .......................499.95
Monoball B1e (ARB1EQR): With Quick Release.
Requires Plate. Supports 90 lbs. ..................................................314.95
Monoball B1 (ARB1QRFL): With independent panning lock and
Flip-Lock Quick Release. Requires plate. Supports 90 lbs. ........429.95
B2 3-Way Ballhead (ARB2QRFL): With independent panning lock and
Flip-Lock quick release. Requires plate. Supports 150 lbs. ........775.95
Monoball B1 (ARB1QR): With independent panning lock and Quick
Release. Requires plate. Supports 90 lbs. ....................................399.95
B2 3-Way Ballhead (ARB2QR): With independent panning lock and
Quick Release. Requires plate. Supports 150 lbs. .......................649.95
Quick Release Adapters (Requires plate)
Quick Release Plates
With Flip-lock and 3/8˝ (ARQR8438FL) or 1/4˝ (ARQR84.25FL) thread.
3.3˝ length ....................................................................................149.95
40mm Universal Plate
with 1/4˝ screw
and rubber surface............44.95
With two 1/4˝ screws for Canon
(ARQRPC) or Nikon (ARQRPN)
telephoto lenses.................53.95
(ARQRP40.25)
With 3/8˝ thread (ARQR6038). 2.3˝ length ....................................112.95
With 1/4˝ (ARQRPL.25) or
3/8˝ (ARQRPL38) screw for
Leica M cameras ...............49.95
80mm Universal Plate with
1/4˝ (ARQRP80.25) or 3/8˝
(ARUCP38) screw .................44.95
With 1/4˝ thread (ARQR60.25). 2.3˝ length ...................................104.95
24 x 36mm Small Plate (ARQRP35) for 35mm................................44.95
With Flip-lock and 3/8˝ (ARQR6038FL) or 1/4˝ (ARQR60.25FL) thread.
2.3˝ length ....................................................................................139.95
3/8˝ (ARQR8438) or 1/4˝ (ARQR84.25) thread. 3.3˝ length ................116.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
425
The B1 ballhead is the standard by which
other ball heads are judged. The ball isn’t
spherical so that as you tip the lens more
and more from the horizontal, the resistance
increases. This can prevent “ball head flop”
which is what happens when the center of
gravity shifts as you tilt a large lens to the
point where gravity takes over and the lens
flops over and hits the tripod. The B1 can
handle any normal lens up to about a 600/4, yet it weighs under 2 lbs.
The B1e Monoball is a starter head with a quick release system, that is
suited for users who do not need separate panning adjustment. The B1g
Monoball (giant) displays the largest aspheric ball within the whole B1
product line. It secures the best possible camera guidance as well as
positioning of the largest and heaviest cameras and lenses.
BENBO
426
TRIPODS
TRIPODS
Stability linked to versatility and weight are the prime considerations
when choosing a tripod. For over 35 years Benbo tripods have offered
photographers a unique combination of these factors.
The tubular aluminium construction of the legs offers the best
possible combination of weight and rigidity. Each leg can be
independently positioned, made possible by the tripods unique,
highly flexible main joint, which enables each leg to swing through a
complete 360°. The center column can also be swung through 360°,
producing a combination that allows the camera to be positioned at
almost any point.
Whether used in the standard configuration with a vertical center
column, down at ground level with legs splayed out, or with one of
the legs pointing upward finding support from a tree or wall, Benbo
tripods can always be relied upon to give complete stability.
All models are constructed from drawn tubing with no internal
seams, with the lower tubing having sealed feet, allowing the
tripod to be stood in water, mud or snow up to the leg joint.
Benbo #1
Benbo
Trekker MK 2
Benbo Classic No 1 & 2 Tripods
These heavy-duty tripods offer great stability and are capable of
supporting the heaviest of camera equipment. They are both
constructed from the same tough aluminium tubing, with the No 2
tripod offering extra height with its longer legs. The double ended center
column offers a choice of standard 3/8˝ or 1/4˝ fixing for ball & socket heads.
Benbo #2
Benbo Trekker Mk 2
This award-winning tripod now has added features making it the most
versatile tripod in the Benbo range. The swivel joint at the top of the center
column can be fully adjusted through 180° offering even more flexibility
when positioning the camera. This feature makes the Trekker MK2 ideally
suited when subjects need to be photographed from above or at a low angle.
The Trekker MK2 will support the majority of today’s SLRs and medium
format cameras. However stability is directly related to weight and the
provision of a hook at the lower end of the center column, allows the
temporary addition of extra weight (e.g. a camera bag) to give greater
stability when long lenses are in use on the camera.
Benbo
Mini Trekker
Benbo Mini Trekker
All the features of the Trekker Mk2 but with shorter fixed length legs. This
lightweight compact tripod is ideal for use when photographing flowers and
other low-level nature subjects, or indoors as a tabletop tripod.
◆
The flexibility of the leg joint mechanism combined with the ability
to swing the center column through 180° allows the camera to be
positioned close to ground level (Ideal for macro work).
◆
The camera mount on the center column can be adjusted through
180° offering unique flexibility particularly when used in conjunction
with a ball and socket head.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
www.bhphotovideo.com
◆
Ergonomically designed knobs allow the height of the tripod legs to
be adjusted with only one hand.
◆ When
long lenses are in use, greater stability can be obtained by
hanging your camera bag or other weight onto the hook located on
the end of the center column. This feature avoids the necessity of
carrying very heavy tripods on location.
BENBO
TRIPODS & HEADS
BENBO TRIPOD SPECIFICATIONS
Classic Tripods
SKU
Extends to
Closes To
Weight
Price $
BEB1Z
62˝
33˝
7.5 lbs
179.95
Benbo 2
BEB2Z
101˝
45˝
8.27 lbs
199.95
Benbo Trekker Mk 2
BET
61˝
33˝
4.5 lbs
119.95
Benbo Mini Trekker
BEMT
28˝
21.5˝
3.4 lbs
79.95
Benbo 1 Kit (BEBSK): Includes Pro ball and
socket head and carry bag ....................299.95
Benbo 2 Kit (BEBSKQ): Includes Pro ball and
socket head and carry bag ....................339.95
Benbo Trekker Kit (BETK): Includes Pro ball
and socket head and carry bag.............179.95
CARRY BAGS
TRIPODS
Benbo 1
Designed to carry its respective tripod with a ball & socket head fitted. These bags have
two handles plus a shoulder strap.
36˝ Tripod Case for Benbo 1 (BETC1) ................................................................................24.95
48˝ Tripod Case for Benbo 2 (BETC2) ................................................................................26.95
Tripod Case for Trekker (BETCT) .......................................................................................20.99
A range of high precision ball & socket heads turned from solid aluminium alloy on the latest
CNC machines, ensuring superb quality of construction. Knurled aluminium knobs operate the
unique locking mechanism ensuring positive locking and smooth operation of the ball joint. The
most important feature of any ball & socket head is the diameter of the ball itself, which is directly related to the weight of camera it will carry, a factor which has played an important part in the
design of Benbo Ball & Socket heads. A cork pad on the camera mounting plate ensures that cameras are safely fixed in position.
Professional Ball & Socket Head (BEB306)
A highly specified ball & socket head with a 29mm ball
capable of supporting 35mm SLRs even when equipped
with long lenses. A separate adjustment knob allows the
ball movement to be tensioned to suit the weight of
camera to be supported. A further large knurled knob
separately locks the revolving base .........................119.95
▲
Compact
Ball &
Socket Head
(BEB299)
▲
Compact Ball & Socket Head
with Panning Base (BEB300)
Same as above with a revolving base which can be
adjusted and locked independently from the ball joint,
giving it even greater flexibility.................................79.95
Compact Ball
& Socket Head
with
Panning Base
(BEB299)
▲
Compact Ball & Socket Head (BEB299)
The standard ball & socket head supplied with Trekker
kits. Although compact in overall dimensions, its 25mm
ball will support the majority of 35mm SLR cameras,
The large textured locking knob ensures quick and positive adjustment of the camera angle.........................59.95
Professional Ball
& Socket Head
(BEB306)
Trekker
2-Section
Monopod
with Swivel
Tilt Head
This two-section
monopod utilizes
the 180° tilting
camera mount
from the Trekker
tripod, making
it one of the most
versatile monopods
on the market. The
tilting mount
allows the camera
to be used in both
landscape and
portrait modes
without the need
of an additional
ball and socket
head. It extends
to 63˝, closes
down to 35˝, and
weighs 21 oz.
BEMPT ....................35.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
427
Benbo Compact Ball & Socket Heads
BERLEBACH
WOODEN TRIPODS
Ash Wood Tripods—The Genuine Alternative
428
TRIPODS
Manufactured for almost a hundred years in Mulda, Berlebach ash wood tripods have won
numerous awards for outstanding design achievement. The best value for the money, wood simply
does not resonate vibrations such as other materials, instead it gobbles them up. A wooden tripod
placed in a shallow stream may be vibrating quite a bit where the legs meet the water, but up at
the column it is dead as a doornail. Putting a laser pointer on top of a metal, carbon fiber and
wood tripod and shaking the legs of each clearly displays the advantage. The laser pointer’s beam
upon the wood tripod will have come to a rest much quicker than the others, and additionally its
resonating disturbances will be smaller as well. This will assuredly show up in your pictures!
Berlebach has been using ash wood - a renewable raw material - for almost 100 years. The
processed wood, known as sport ash, comes from the best controlled forests in Europe. It is
especially hard-wearing and elastic, as well as resistant to the forces of nature. Having been dried,
the wood is stored, prior to processing, for about another two years so as to eliminate any tension
within the wood as a result of growth. Several layers of protecting varnish guarantee long-term
care of the wood’s surface.
Seven tripod-leg lengths can be combined with six different light-metal mounting heads to make
up a complete tripod. This enables photographers to select the most suitable tripod for the
assignment or particular type of camera in question. And, special attention can also be given to
the vital factor of weight.
Wooden Advantages:
◆ Wood
◆
Berlebach ash wood tripods can be used in climatic extremes. They
have served, for instance, on expeditions to the north and south pole,
in the desert and the rain forest.
◆
Thanks to their favorable own weight, Berlebach ash
wood tripods deliver optimum stability under load.
◆
◆
Berlebach tripods are robust and ideal for tough dayto-day use.
Handling a wood tripod in extremes of heat or cold is quite a
different experience than that of a metal or even carbon fiber tripod.
Unlike metal tripods, wooden tripods warm up only very slowly in
direct sunlight. Under extremely cold conditions, you can touch a
wooden tripod without having to wear gloves.
is electrically non-conductive, thus preventing
the damaging effects of electromagnetic fields and
electrostatic charging.
TABLE TOP TRIPOD
Versatile mini-sized tripod delivering maximum stability. Especially
suited for macro photography and as a table-top tripod. Tripod leg height
can be varied as desired. A patented sliding mechanism enables leg spread
adjustment at 35°, 50° and 85°. Tripod legs have rubber-capped feet.
Table Top Tripod (BE50031) .......................................................................................107.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
BERLEBACH
WOODEN TRIPODS
2042/3042
The 8023 and 8023G (gray ash) are
3-section models and feature a sliding
center-column which adds additional
height adjustment. The center-column is made from precision-drawn
light-metal tubing and is built into
the tripod to fit precisely. Use of an
extra-short center column (10 cm)
enables near-ground-level work.
The 2042 and 3042 are 2-section
models that feature a center column
that is incorporated into a levelling
base with a bubble level, which
provides 30° of quick correction in all
directions. For many applications you
wouldn’t even need a tripod head at all, and of course the closer
your camera is to the top of the tripod legs the better off you’ll be.
◆
3-position independent leg
spread (20°, 45° and 90°)
◆
Leg locks which are unaffected
by sand, mud or water
◆
Dual spiked/rubber tipped feet
◆
Classic stylish appeal
◆
Simple to clean
◆
Integrated levelling base and
center column with bubble level
◆
Leg locks are unaffected by
sand, mud or water
◆
3-position independent leg
spread (20°, 45° and 90°)
◆
Dual spiked/rubber tipped
feet
◆
Simple to clean
◆
Classic stylish appeal
Mounting head with ball/socket and
built-in spirit level, maintenance-free
ball seated in high-grade plastic, spring
mounted fastening screw - 1/4˝
standard, 3/8˝ and 5/8˝ optional. This
tripod version is equipped with an additional levelling facility
to allow precise 30° adjustment in all directions. A very valuable
feature when working on uneven ground. Especially recommended for heavy equipment.
The 8043 is the flagship 3-section
model of the Berlebach line. The
center column is incorporated into a
levelling base with a bubble level,
and this provides 30° of quick
correction in all directions. For many
applications you wouldn’t even need
a tripod head at all, and of course the closer your camera is to
the top of the tripod legs the better off you’ll be.
◆
Mounting head with ball and
built-in spirit level
◆
Leg locks which are unaffected
by sand, mud or water
◆
Integrated levelling base and
center column with bubble level
◆
Leg locks are unaffected by
sand, mud or water
◆
3-position independent leg
spread (20°, 45° and 90°)
◆
Dual spiked/rubber tipped
feet
◆
3-position independent leg
spread (20°, 45° and 90°)
◆
Dual spiked/rubber tipped
feet
◆
Simple to clean
◆
Classic stylish appeal
◆
Simple to clean
◆
Classic stylish appeal
SKU#
BE8023
BERLEBACH TRIPOD SPECIFICATIONS
BE8023G
BE2042
BE3042
BE3032
BE8043
Maximum Height
69.3˝
69.3˝
64.5˝
72.8˝
55.9˝
68.9˝
Minimum Height
20.5˝
20.5˝
20.5˝
20.5˝
3.5˝
20.5˝
Folded Length
21˝
21˝
32˝
37˝
35˝
28.3˝
Load Capacity
22 lbs.
22 lbs.
26.5 lbs.
22 lbs.
26.5 lbs.
17.6 lbs.
Leg Sections
3
3
2
2
2
3
Head Mount Thread Size
1/4˝-20
1/4˝-20
1/4˝-20
1/4˝-20
1/4˝-20 (spring-loaded)
1/4˝-20
Weight
6.2 lbs.
6.2 lbs.
7 lbs.
7.7 lbs.
7.1 lbs.
6.2 lbs.
Price
174.95
216.95
224.95
239.95
209.95
239.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
429
8043
3032
TRIPODS
8023/8023G
CULLMAN
MAGIC SERIES
430
TRIPODS
Magic II Tripod
Known as the most compact, full height tripod available today, the Magic II is the
tripod which photographers and enthusiasts alike can take with them wherever
they go, due to it’s compact size. When folded flat, the magic measures a mere 133⁄4˝
high and 1.5˝ thick, and can fit into the bottom pocket of many camera bags.
Assembled in no time at all, it provides remarkable
stability, even when fully extended. The Magic II can
also be converted into a full height monopod. Simply
unscrew one of the legs and join it up to the removable
center column. The unique one-twist mechanism
allows the tripod legs to lock at one quick turn of the
topmost leg portion. The entire tripod is anodized in a
cobalt matte finish for reflection free photos. The Magic II comes equipped with a
removable ballhead, Quick Release and plate, and weighs only 2.5 lbs.
CUM2
12995
$
Mini Magic
Chestpod Magic
Clamp Magic
A smaller
sized Magic
tripod with
the same
unique “fold
flat” design
as Magic II.
It includes a
sliding,
reversible
center column with a ballhead. A
small 81⁄2˝ length when closed, the
Mini Magic extends to over 21˝,
yet weighs just 1.5 lbs. It’s folded
dimensions are 8.5 x 6 x 1.5˝.
Mini Magic (CUMM) .....................69.95
The special tripod for steady camera
control after a long day. To prevent
the arms getting tired, the weight of
the camera is transferred to the body.
When not actually shooting both
your hands are free. Features a sliding column, quick coupling system
and a quick release ball head.
Chestpod Magic (CUCM)............69.95
For situations
in which, for
some reason or
other, a tripod
can not be
used. The
clamp provides
perfect camera
support on
round, angular
or irregularly shaped objects. Clamp
Magic features a sliding column and
includes a ball head with a 1/4-20˝
standard screw. It has a load capacity
of 5.5 lbs.
Clamp Magic (CUCMQ) ....................76.95
MAGIC SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
Magic 2
Mini Magic
Chestpod Magic
7.7 lbs.
6.6 lbs.
6.6 lbs.
Minimum Usable Height
13˝
13˝
13˝
Maximum Extension
57˝
21˝
15.5˝
Leg Sections
4
1
2
Center Column Sections
2
1
1
2.5 lbs.
1.5 lbs.
1 lb.
Load Capacity
Weight
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
Since 1955, Cullmann has been manufacturing
professional tripods and accessories. The tripods can
be extended with the many variable system accessories.
Cullmann tripods are noted for their outstanding
stability and ease of handling. The “quick release”
system that allows you to put on and take off your
photo equipment from your tripod was invented by
Mr. Cullmann, and is now a universal system of
camera mounting. Many other innovations, such as
built-in carrying handles, hexagonal shaped legs, top
lock adjustment levers, and center columns all add up
to the most extensive line of advanced amateur and
professional tripods and accessories available today.
CULLMAN
TITAN 100
Titan Professional with
Air Dampened Center Column
◆
2-section legs ensure that dirt, water, sand, and
dust don’t enter into the leg channels, causing
undue friction and binding.
◆
Large, sure-grip rubber feet insure a firm
tripod-to-surface contact.
◆ Trapezoidal shaped legs allow the tripod to
bear greater weight, and to resist bending and
swaying.
◆ Special non-reflective (Anodized Cobalt Grey)
finish helps to protect your photos from glare.
◆ Specially designed locking system (Tripod
Stud Lock), is tightened or loosened with a
provided hex wrench insures sure, positive
contact between tripod, ballhead, and camera.
CUCT100Z
23995
$
Load Capacity:
154 lbs.
Minimum Usable Height:
28.7˝
Maximum Extension:
63.4˝
Leg Sections:
2
Center Column Sections:
Weight:
1
8.6 lbs.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR THE TITAN 100
CT-11 2-Way Video Tilt Head (CUVHT)
Features ultra-smooth pan and tilt ....................................................154.95
CT-22 Ball and Socket Head (CUBHP)
A medium-sized ball head that provides excellent support, a features a
quick-release top and built-in bubble level .........................................69.95
CT-30
CT-66
CT-74
CT-50 shown
with a Nikon
camera on it
CT-30 3-way Pan Head (CUFH)
Traditional 3-way pan head with ultra-smooth pan and tilt. Compatible
with all Cullman quick release plates.................................................239.95
CT-50 Deluxe Ball and Socket Head (CUCT50)
Even when you are using extremely heavy lenses, the camera must
remain in its fixed position. No problem for this professional Ball and
Socket Head. Free adjustment of the camera in any direction. One short
turn and the camera is locked firmly in position once more. Full 360°
panning is achieved without the need of releasing the ball joint thanks
to a separate safety catch, which can be pulled outwards and released in
any position. Graduation markings help you to accurately set the position (93° tilt range). Load capacity 13 lbs., weighs 3 lbs....................CALL
CT-66 3/8˝ Quick Release Camera Plate (CUQRP38Q) ........................36.95
CT-74 Hexagonal, Reversible 1/4˝ to 3/8˝ Thread Adapter (CUTA)
Fits all Titan tripods. Replacement ......................................................12.50
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
431
◆
Exclusive ˝top lock design˝ allows all height
adjustments to be made from the top collar of the
tripod, provided by the unique 3-way lock system.
With the release mechanism located at the top of
the tripod, your eye never leaves the viewfinder.
Minute adjustments can be made with a single
sure movement, allowing for precise positioning
of any camera.
TRIPODS
The CT-100 is a heavy-duty, professional-grade tripod with a built-in pneumatic center
column. That means your camera rides on air pressure. At the touch of a button, air pressure in the column is released and the camera is gently lowered. A collar lock allows exact
positioning of the column at any point of it’s travel. Thick 29/35mm thick leg segments
insure a sturdy set-up for any photo equipment. The CT-100 weighs 8.6 lbs, has a 28° leg
spread, and extends to a working height of 69˝.
CULLMAN
UNIVERSAL SERIES
TRIPODS
Universal Maximo Tripod
Universal
Maximo
Ideal for photo, video, or digital photography, this tripod offers outstanding value as well as
sturdy support. 5-section aspherical shaped legs offers greater rigidity than round legs.
Additional support is provided by a center brace. This extremely lightweight and portable
tripod features a quick release 3-way panhead with camera plate, and is finished in cobalt grey.
Universal Maximo Tripod (CUUMQ): The Maximo is a 5-section quick-pull, super lightweight tripod. It features a crank column as well as a center brace with lock to make it rock solid. Includes a 3-way pan head
with quick release. Extends to 47.6˝, folds to a compact 14˝ and supports up to 6.6 lbs. .........................54.95
Universal
2800
Universal 2800 Photo Tripod
432
Ideal for photo and digital use, the Universal 2800 features trapezoidal shaped legs to insure
excelled stability and a center brace for additional support. It comes in a cobalt gray
anodized matte finish for long-life and reflection-free photography. The Universal 2800
includes a 3-way panhead with a quick release plate.
Universal 2800 Photo Tripod (CU2800): The Universal 2800 features a 3-way heavy duty panhead, while
sturdy 25mm trapezoidal shaped legs and center support allow maximum stability. One touch section locks
insure slip-proof height adjustments. Center column can be removed and converted into a monopod. It
extends to 58˝, and folds down to 23˝ .........................................................................................................109.95
Universal 3000 Series Tripods
Universal 3000 Series tripods feature 29mm thick leg sections and offer absolute control of your still or digital photo equipment
— even under the most demanding shooting conditions. Unique trapezoidal closed leg design helps to seal out water, dirt, sand,
etc. The exclusive cobalt gray matte anodized finish insures reflection-free photography. Cullman’s largest 3-way one-touch
panhead includes a quick release plate. Built-in bubble levels and optional mounting plate for flash and macro accessories
make the 3000 series tripods one of the most versatile lines available today.
Universal 3135
Photo Tripod (CUU3135)
The Universal 3135 features a 3-way
quick release pan head. It has a
sliding center column with a
self-locking screw. It extends to 61˝
and folds down to 25˝. It weighs only
5 lbs............................................104.95
Universal 3430
Photo Tripod (CU3430)
Universal 3335
Universal 3230
Photo Tripod (CUU3230)
The 3230 features a 3-way quickrelease pan head and a built-in
carrying handle with a retractable
shoulder strap. The gear-controlled
center-coloumn allows for precise
positioning of photo or digital equipment. It extends to 60˝, folds down to
24˝ and weighs 4.5 lbs. .............109.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Ideal tripod for 35mm cameras with long lenses.
The large 3-way panhead features a quick release
platform and comes with a quick release plate.
Sturdy center column support provides the utmost
in stability. Center column converts instantly into a
full height monopod with quick release panhead. It
extends to 60˝ and folds down to 24˝ .............144.95
Universal 3335
Macro Tripod (CUUM)
Universal 3430
www.bhphotovideo.com
Solid tripod, perfect for macro or table-top use.
Center column is both removable and reversible,
allowing for low camera angles (down to 3˝). Folds
down to a compact 26˝ extends to 61˝. The 3-way
pan head includes a sure-lock quick release platform
and large 1/4 quick change plate. Includes tough,
lightweight nylon carrying case........................119.95
CULLMAN
UNIVERSAL SERIES
Universal Twin Rail 100/200
Twin Rail 100 (CUTR100):
With 3-way fluid effect quick release
head. Supports 5.5 lbs ................69.95
Twin Rail
200
TRIPODS
Developed in Germany, the Twin Rail 100 and Twin Rail 200 are
rugged but lightweight outdoor tripods that combine modern
technology and precision craftsmanship. Features include an
advanced twin trapezoid profile legs design, air cushioned, geared
center column, and a built-in carrying handle with strap. The head
is removable to fit other 1/4˝-20 accessories. Twin Rail tripods are
great for 35mm photo and compact video cameras.
Twin Rail 100
Twin Rail 200 (CUTR200):
Same as the Twin Rail 100, but it
supports 7.7 lbs...........................99.95
UNIVERSAL SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
2800
3135
3230
3430
3335
Twin Rail 100
Twin Rail 200
5.5 lbs.
7.0 lbs.
7.7 lbs.
7.7 lbs.
7.7 lbs.
7.7 lbs.
5.5 lbs.
7.7 lbs.
Minimum Usable Height
12˝
24˝
25˝
24.8˝
24.3˝
24˝
24˝
26˝
Maximum Extension
48˝
60˝
61˝
60˝
59.5˝
59˝
59˝
64˝
Leg Sections
5
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Center Column Sections
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5 lbs.
4 lbs.
5 lbs.
5.25 lbs.
5.25 lbs.
5.6 lbs.
3 lbs.
4 lbs.
Load Capacity
Weight
Universal System Series Accessories
CU-70 Quick Release Camera Platform (CUQR)
The same QR platform supplied with all tripods. Great
for auxiliary mounting of photo equipment on light
arms, camera stands, etc ..............................................29.95
3020 Quick Release Ball and Socket Head (CUPH)
A special ball head that is freely adjustable in any
direction. A quick turn is enough to both release and
lock the multi-directional head. It is particularly
suitable for fast camera panning to all sides. Includes
a large quick release platform and camera plate ..64.95
3020
3030 3-way Panoramic Head (CUPHQ)
This larger, heavy-duty head incorporates an easy-grip
handle which locks/tightens the infinitely variable
vertical adjustment. A quick reference scale is provided
to accurately show the degree of angle. As well, the
3030 head incorporates a horizontal positioning lever,
perfect for precise camera positioning..................64.95
3060 Extension/Macro Arm (CU3060)
Extends your tripods camera to those those
hard-to-reach places. The 3060 Extension/Macro
Arm has a geared track and pivots both vertically
as well as horizontally ............................................69.95
3030
CU-81 Quick Release Plate (CUQRP.25)
With 1/4˝ screw............................................................13.95
CU-83 Quick Release Plate (CUQRP.25SB): Same as above
plate except with stabilizer for long lenses .................13.95
CU-82 Quick Release Plate (CUQRP38)
With 3/8˝ screw............................................................14.95
CU-3011 Quick Release Plate (CUQRP.25VP)
Large surface camera plate 1/4˝ with video pin
(2000 and 3000 series tripods only)............................18.95
3060
CU-3012 Large Quick Release Plate (CUQRP.25S)
Large surface camera plate with stabilizing bar (2000 and
3000 series tripods only)..............................................18.95
CU-78 Spirit Level (CUSL): Horizontal and Vertical Levels.
“Shoe Mount” foot for mounting on any camera......28.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
433
Maximo
CULLMAN
TRIPODS
Moskito
(CU50006)
TRIPODS
An ultra-lightweight elegant mini tripod. As it is only 7.7˝ long, and
weighs just 3 oz., it can easily fit into your camera bag, so you always
have it when you need it. It has a 2-way pan head with quick release
plate and a comfortable carrying strap. The Moskito is perfect for
table-top and travel photography ......................................................CALL
Kobold
Moskito
(CU50009)
The Kobold is an extremely sturdy, all-metal tripod. It is perfect for
times that you need a small tripod in the field. It features a quick
release tripod head with horizontal and vertical tilt and an adjustable
2-part sliding center column. It also has a comfortable carrying strap.
The Kobold has a 7 lb. carrying capacity, is 10˝ folded, 18˝ tall, and
weighs 8 oz ..........................................................................................CALL
Kobold
(CUJS)
Jet Set
Cullman Ballheads
Suitable for mounting on any tripod or 1/4˝threaded screw mount,
Cullman ballheads are made of hardened steel for maximum
strength and durability, and all models tilt 90°.
903 Small Ballhead (CUBHS)
21⁄2 x 1˝ diameter, weighs 5.3oz. Perfect for
compact cameras, SLR’s, and smaller video
cameras. Supports up 5 lbs. .................29.95
904 Medium Ballhead (CUBHM)
3 x 11⁄2˝ diameter, weighs 8.2 oz. Can
accommodate larger SLR’s and mid size
video cameras up to 5 lbs ....................39.95
905 Large Ballhead (CUBHL)
With independant panning lock. 31⁄2 x 2˝
diameter, weighs 13 oz. Ideal for long lens
photography up to 5 lbs.......................54.95
CU-1747 Deluxe Monopod (CUMPD)
Perfect for sports or nature photography. Includes fluid effect 2 way head
with Quick Release mount and plate.
Also includes retractable 3-prong foot
for sure grip..................................64.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
CT-304 Titan Professional Monopod (CUMPCT304)
For photo or video use. Features same one-touch
locking system as Titan Tripods. Quick release head
and QR plate included. Weighs 5 lbs ............146.95
Monofix Monopod (CUMPZ)
The Monofix is a 9-section compact monopod
with a locking ball head for stepless adjusment. It
opens to 56˝, folds to 12˝, and weighs 8 oz. It has
an attached carrying strap ...............................44.95
CT-304
CU-741 Monopod (CUMPQ)
5-section Monopod with 1/4˝ camera
connecting stud............................36.95
CU-1747
Cullmann monopods provide quick, easy set-up and take-down support for action
shots, backpack photography, or any other shooting situation where space, size,or
portability is a criteria.
Monofix
Monopods
CU-741
434
Jet Set Tripod
Cullman’s lightweight travelling tripod, the Jet Set features a locking,
sliding center column and a 3-way pan head with quick release to
control your camera. 4-section round legs add to the stabilty. It includes
a carrying case for fast easy transport. Extends to 51˝ and folds down to
a compact 18˝. Weighs only 1.5 lbs ....................................................49.95
CULLMAN
TRIPODS
Mini and Specialty Tripods
Cullmann Specialty Tripods have been designed to provide photographers with the answers to a variety of cameramounting problems, especially where size, space, and surface texture might be a consideration.
CU-3080 MultiPod (CUMP)
Multi-faceted mounting system, great
for still or video filming in auto, ship,
train, or even small plane. Sure-grip
rubber feet and suction cup mounting
for smooth surfaces....................59.95
435
TOURING SET
Touring Kit
(CUTS) .........119.95
The perfect outdoor tripod, the Touring Set provides any amount of combinations for
getting the shot where most other tripods don’t even come close. This 5 piece kit is
perfect for all still and video applications, when shooting on any ground, from any
angle, from any position. Extremely quick to set up, each accessory included in the set
can be used either by itself, or in conjunction with any of the other accessories. The
Touring Set is a “must have” for any nature or outdoor photographer.
Mini-Tripod (CUC)
The heart of the set, this sturdy 3 section tripod has a removable
center column which can be reversed for shooting close-ups. A
removable ball head is mounted on top of the tripod................54.95
Woodscrew (CUWS)
Can be screwed into beams, fence posts, park benches, and tree
stumps (never screw into live trees) .............................................16.95
Universal Clamp (CUCU)
The Universal Clamp ensures secure mounting to round, square, or
irregularly shaped objects, such as tree limbs or fence post .......39.95
Mini-Tripod
Woodscrew
Suction Mount
Ground Spike (CUGS)
For pushing into any ground like sand, earth, snow, pebbles, etc.
Can also be used with the ball head, for positioning of your camera
or camcorder..................................................................................16.95
Suction Mount (CUSM)
Gives a safe and sure grip on any smooth surface such as glass,
marble, metal, or plastic, or car windows. The ball head handles a
load of 6 lbs ..................................................................................34.95
Universal Clamp
TRIPODS
CU-50001 Piccolo (CUP)
Smaller than a pack of cigarettes, the
Piccolo has a 3-way adjustable head
and 5 section legs .......................18.95
CU-3090 TravelPod (CUTP)
Combined shoulder/table top tripod
with unique folding shoulder stabilizer. 2 way video head with quick
release coupling. Great for cameras,
camcorders, and binocular ........49.95
Ground Spike
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
D AV I S & S A N F O R D
LIGHTWEIGHT / PROSUMER TRIPODS
TRIPODS
Over the past 60 years, Davis & Sanford has built up a diverse line of well-engineered, sturdy tripods—from low-priced, high
value tripods for the weekend snapshooter to versatile, rugged tripods for around-the-clock professionals, and everything in
between. All tripods feature protective finishes that resist abrasion under the heaviest use, and have a ten-year warranty.
LIGHTWEIGHT
PROSUMER
SERIES
SERIES
Traveler
Traveler
Magnum
XT
(DATQ)
Magnum XT
(DAMXT)
Supplied with a 3-way QR head,
the Magnum XT is an “all
purpose” tripod with 2-section
twist-lock legs. It features Easy
Grip foam-cushioned insulated
legs, a built-in bubble level, and
rubber/retractable spiked feet.
It comes with a mounting plate
and a case ............................99.95
Perfect for digital, video and still
cameras weighing up to 4 lbs, the
Traveler has 20mm diameter aluminum
3-section legs, and includes a 3-way pan
head, a quick release plate, and a bubble
level. It offers quick-release leg-locks
for fast, sure operation, and a geared
centerpost for smooth, precise picture
taking. It comes with a soft sided
carrying bag.....................................19.95
436
Magnum X3T
Explorer
(DAE)
Weighing in at a mere 2.5 pounds, the
Explorer features 26mm diameter
aluminum 3-section legs and a leg
support brace with lock. It comes
equipped with a 3-way fluid head
(2-way tilt plus pan) wich includes a
quick release plate and bubble level on
base and head. It also has a 12˝geared
centerpost and built-in carrying handle,
and includes a soft sided woven tripod
bag....................................................39.95
Ranger
(DARQ)
Great for digital, video and still cameras
cameras weighing up to 7 pounds, the
Ranger has 27mm diameter aluminum
3-section snap lock legs, a 3-way fluid
head with 360˚ pan plus 2-way tilt,
rubber feet, double bubble levels,
locking center struts and a carrying
handle ..............................................49.95
Magnum
X3T
Explorer
Courier XT
Ranger
Courier
XT
(DAMX3T)
Similar to the Magnum XT, the
X3T has 3-section legs with
freeze free, twist turn barrel
locks, a 3-way action head with
quick release plate, a built-in
bubble level and four oversized
handles. The foam cushioned
legs secure their grip in any
weather ................................99.95
(DACXT)
The Courier XT tripod comes
with the FGX10 head, which
features Stroboframe’s quick
release and calibrated panning
base. The tripod features a bubble level, 3-section quick snap
leg locks and a geared centerpost
for fast and sure operation, as
well as a center brace and a
retractable spiked feet for rock
steady positioning...............69.95
LIGHTWEIGHT / PROSUMER SERIES TRIPODS
Maximum Height
Maximum Load
Folded Length
Minimum Height
Traveler
50˝
4 lbs
20˝
Explorer
59˝
4 lbs
22˝
Ranger
64˝
7 lbs
23˝
Magnum XT
66˝
9 lbs
30˝
Magnum X3T
69 1/4˝
9 lbs
25˝
22 3/4˝
6.5 lbs
99.95
67˝
9 lbs
27˝
26˝
5 lbs
69.95
Courier XT
ONE HOUR FREE PARKING
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
AT 349 W. 34th STREET (with purchase of $100 or more)
Weight
Price
21˝
2 lbs
19.95
23˝
2.5 lbs
39.95
25˝
4 lbs
49.95
29.8˝
6 lbs
99.95
D AV I S & S A N F O R D
TRIPODS & HEADS
Minipod 3
Trailblazer
4-Section Monopod
(DAM)
(DAMPT)
Perfect for cameras, scopes and equipment up to 7 lbs., the
Trailblazer features 4 sections with quick-snap locks and
rubber/retractable spike bottom. Foam handle with strap
provides for easy handling. 1/4˝-20 camera mounting
stud. Maximum height is 68˝, folded length is 21˝, weighs
1 lb. Includes soft sided woven tripod bag ..................24.95
HEAVY DUTY TRIPODS
Pro Lift “A” Tripod
Airlift Tripod
(DAA)
Perfect for long-roll portrait and large format
cameras, the Pro Lift “A” tripod has a spring-assisted
center post that provides quick and easy “floating
action” height adjustment. Safety latch automatically
locks column in full down position; clamp-type leg
locks are freeze resistant and side mounted for fast,
easy set-up.
(DAAL)
Perfect for long-roll portrait and large format
cameras, the Airlift has a gas cylinder in the center
post that provides smooth and easy “floating action”
height adjustment. Safety latch automatically locks
column in full down position; clamp-type leg locks
are freeze-resistant and side mounted for fast and
easy set-up.
Maximum Load
Folded Length
Minimum Height
Weight
54.5˝
50 lbs
24˝
25.5˝
8.8 lbs
Price
289.50
Airlift
54.5˝
50 lbs
24˝
25.5˝
9 lbs
299.95
PHOTO HEADS
FGX10 3-Way Fluid
Photo/Video Head
Pro 200S Photo Head
◆
Sliding camera screw (1/4˝-20).
◆ 15° tilt up, 90° tilt down
◆ 360° Pan Rotation
◆ Platform Size: 6 x 31⁄2˝
◆
3-way tilt plus 360° pan
90° tilt down, 75° tilt up, 90° tilt left
◆ Bubble level for accurate leveling
◆ Quick release plate with auto closure
◆
FGX10
V2 Vernier Head
◆
40° tilt up, 60° tilt plus 360° coarse pan
◆ For precision, separate Vernier knobs
provide adjustment (± 7 °) of pan and tilt.
◆ Sliding camera screws (1/4-20 and 3/8-16)
for optimum camera mounting position
◆ Platform Size: 61⁄4˝ x 61⁄2˝
◆ Fits Center Posts: 17⁄8˝
Pro 200 Photo Head
Pro 200
◆
Sliding camera screw (1/4-20) for optimum
camera mounting position.
◆ Fits Center Posts: 17⁄8˝ diameter
◆ 15° tilt up, 90° tilt down
◆ 360° Pan Rotation
◆ 83⁄4 x 71⁄8˝ Platform Size
Max. Camera Supported
Load Capacity
Height
9 lbs
4˝
Pro 200 (DASH200)
Large Format
35 lbs.
Pro 200S (DASH200S)
8x10 cameras
V2 Vernier (DAV2)
Large Format
FGX10 (DAFGX10)
Tripod Mount Thread
Weight
Price
2.3 lbs.
69.95
4˝
17⁄8˝
2.75 lbs.
99.50
35 lbs
4˝
1 ⁄8˝ or 1 ⁄8˝
2.75 lbs.
74.95
40 lbs
4˝
17⁄8˝
5 lbs
169.95
3
7
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
437
Maximum Height
Pro Lift “A”
Pro 200S
TRIPODS
This mini table top tripod is made of all metal
construction for extra strength. It includes a metal
swivel ball head with lock knob for smooth
precision shots. For convenience, the 3-section
legs fold for easy storage. It’s maximum load is
2.5 lbs., it’s minimum height is 5.75˝, and it’s
maximum height is 11˝. It weighs 6 oz ..........14.95
ERGOREST
MULTI TRIPOD
The compact Ergorest Multi-Tripod is a multi-functional camera support that mounts
to car windows, serves as a chest pod, shoulder pod, macro stand, flash stand and
table tripod. At full height (less head) the Ergorest Multi-Tripod is 6.7˝ high and
weighs only 1.6 lbs. Three camera/head mounting positions are available and the large
double thread brass screw fits equipment with either 1/4˝-20 or 3/8˝-16 tripod sockets.
The stainless steel Multi-Tripod is covered with a rugged rubberized material up to
3.8mm thick – to ensure total protection, and for comfortable use in the most extreme
environments. Easily adjusted with its angle locking lever, the Multi-Tripod has builtin finger grips to ensure a firm hold, even with gloves!
438
TRIPODS
Stand and Support
79.95
$
◆
Use in a car, on a table, or as a macro stand
and repro stand. Clamps easily onto car windows to support cameras, binoculars and spotting scopes.
◆
Comes complete with the Multi Tripod stand,
a fastening screw with alternative threaded
ends of 1/4˝ or 3/8˝, a tightening knob, and an
internal thread 3/8˝
◆
Use as a shoulder and chest support by mounting the camera directly onto the stand with a
fastening screw and a tightening knob.
◆
Tilting lever can be screwed off and turned
back into its position from the opposite side,
making it easy for right- or left-handed people.
◆
It also accepts many kinds of lighting equipment, even those requiring electric conductors,
in lower, upper and side positions and to bring
about various reflected light from desired
angles, and also to place flashlight equipment
with wireless control.
◆
The metal (stainless steel) Multi-Tripod is covered with a rugged rubberized material up to
3.8mm thick – to ensure total protection for
the multi-tripod, and for comfortable use in
the most extreme environments! Use in cold
weather to prevent hands from freezing.
◆
Dimensions are 8.78 x 7.08 x 2.9/6.7˝, and it
weighs 29 oz.
◆A
finger pattern provides a firm hold on the
stand when using the stand as a chest support.
(For example, when photographing nature
with a telephoto lens or when used by press
photographers with a large zoom lens.)
◆
◆
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Multi Tripod (ERMP)
The stand features a holding groove, to support the Multi-Tripod when it is used in a car.
It attaches to the car’s lowered window edge,
with its triangle part leaning on the car door
under the window opening. This makes it possible to use even heavy equipment for photographing and filming from a car.
Great for macrophotography, as it does the
splits in many ways.
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
FLM
BALLHEADS
Elliptical and CenterBall Series
ELLIPTICAL SERIES
CenterBall 38mm
CenterBall
38FT
Compact Ballhead (FLBHC)
For all cameras with 1/4˝-20 or 3/8˝ threads.
Includes conversion screw for 1/4˝-20 to
3/8˝. It is 1.25˝ high, and weighs 3 oz....21.95
Centerball 38 F (FLCB38F):
Includes camera mounting plate and
conversion screw for 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝....149.95
CenterBall 24mm
Standard Ballhead (FLBHS)
For all cameras with 1/4˝-20 thread. Base
accepts 1/4˝ or 3/8˝ threaded tripods or
stands. It is 3˝ high, and weighs 5.8 oz ..29.95
Camera mounting plate and conversion screw
for 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝. Bottom threads: 1/4˝-20
and 3/8˝. It has a height of 29⁄16˝ and weighs 5
oz. It’s maximum load capacity is 11 lbs.
Deluxe Studio Ballhead (FLBHDS)
For all cameras up to 4 x 5˝ field types.
Includes conversion screw for 1/4˝- 20 to
3/8˝. It is 3.75˝ high, has a 1.5˝ platform
diameter, and weighs 10.5 oz ..................54.95
CenterBall 24mm (FLCB24): Ball joint
construction with easy-grip knob...........39.95
Deluxe Studio
Ballhead
CenterBall 24mm F (FLCB24F): Same as above
plus friction control .................................69.95
DigiBall 24 S (FLDB24S): Same as above except
integral friction built into the lock knob for
supersoft ball movement .........................59.95
CenterBall 32mm
▲
Ball joint construction with easy-grip knob
and friction control. Reversible camera stud:
1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝. Bottom threads: 1/4˝-20
and 3/8˝. It has a 35⁄16˝ height, a weight of 10
oz. and a 16.5 lb. maximum load capacity.
CenterBall 32mm F (FLCB32F): Includes
camera mounting plate and conversion screw
for 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝ ...................................79.95
▲
Standard Ballhead
Ball joint construction with panorama base,
easy-grip knob and friction control. Camera
mounting plate and conversion screw for 1/4˝20 to 3/8˝. Reversible camera stud: 1/4˝-20
and 3/8˝. Bottom threads: 1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝.
It has a height of 33⁄4˝, a weight of 16 oz., and
a maximum load capacity of 22 lbs.
Centerball 32 FPR (FLCB32FPR): Includes
power release system and conversion screw
for 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝ .................................119.95
Centerball 38 FPR (FLCB38FPR):
Includes power release system (base and
plate) and conversion screw for 1/4˝-20 to
3/8˝ .........................................................179.95
Centerball 38 FQR (FLCB38FQR):
Includes quick release system (base and
quick release plate) and conversion screw for
1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝ .......................................269.95
CenterBall 38mm with PTF
Same as the CenterBall 38mm, with the
exclusive Patented Tilt Function, which
converts the center ball into a 2-dimensional
tilt mechanism. The ball can then be moved
in a precise up and down plane.
Centerball 38 FT (FLCB38FT):
Includes camera mounting plate and
conversion screw for 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝....169.95
Centerball 38 FTPR (FLCB38FTPR):
Includes power release system (base and
plate) and conversion screw for 1/4˝-20 to
3/8˝ .........................................................209.95
Centerball 38 FTQR (FLCB38FTQR):
Includes quick release system (base and quick
release plate) and conversion screw for 1/4˝20 to 3/8˝ ................................................299.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
439
Shoe Mount Ballhead (FLBHSM)
For all standard shoe-type flashes or shoemounted accessories. Shoe can be removed
to allow mounting of 1/4˝-20 threaded
slaves, dedicated cords, or small cameras.
Includes base foot with integral 1/4˝-20 hole.
It is 2˝ high, and weighs 1 oz ..................19.95
CENTERBALL SERIES
TRIPODS
The Elliptical Series ballheads are constructed with precision-machined (not cast) aluminum for the ultimate in accuracy and
smooth movement. The CenterBall Series are precision machined ball heads that ensure smooth as silk movement and give the
center ball incomparable setting accuracy. They feature interchangeable quick-release systems that can handle anything from
the smallest digital camera to full-sized 4 x 5˝ cameras. The camera mounting plates are very flat and small and therefore
unobstrusive when mounted on the bottom of the camera. Each ballhead in the series offers extreme vibrational stability to
attain the highest level of focus for your photographs. The CenterBall 38mm and 58mm are available with the exclusive
“Patented Tilt Function” technology, which converts the center ball into a 2-dimensional tilt mechanism. The ball can then be
moved in a precise up and down plane.
FLM
BALLHEADS
Power Release System
TRIPODS
CenterBall 58mm
Ball joint
construction
with panorama
base, easy-grip
knob, friction
control and
Patented Tilt
Function
(PTF).
Reversible
camera stud:
1/4˝-20 and
3/8˝. Bottom threads: 1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝. It is
53⁄16˝ high, weighs 28 oz., and has a maximum
load capacity of 33 lbs.
440
Centerball 58 FT (FLCB58FT):
Includes camera mounting plate and conversion screw for 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝ ..............229.95
Centerball 58 FTQR (FLCB58FTQR):
Includes quick release system (base and
quick release plate) and conversion screw for
1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝ ......................................349.95
Get a firm and quick connection between the camera and the ballhead
eliminating vibration. The knurled grip with its reduced-ratio threads
produces a tight bond between the camera and the plate.
Power Release System (FLPR) Includes Power Release Base and Plate...49.95
Power Release Plate (FLPRP) .....14.95 Power Release Base (FLPRB) ....44.95
Power Release Plate
Quick Release System
Quick clamping base and integrated plate locking device create a
fail-safe system to handle even the heaviest cameras. The base
connection is 3/8˝; the plate connection has 13⁄8 + 21⁄4˝ screws. The base
weighs 4.6 oz., the plate weighs 2.3 oz.
Quick Release Plate
Quick Release System (FLQR) Includes Quick Release Base and Plate.....................................142.95
Quick Release Plate
Small Quick Release Plate
Quick Release Base
(FLQRP) ............................49.95
(FLQRPS) ...........................29.50
(FLQRB) ..........................119.95
ACCESSORIES
Camera Platform for CenterBall Series (FLCP): Fits CenterBall heads. Replacement .........9.95
Conversion Screw - 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝ (FLCS): Converts female 3/8˝ to 1/4˝-20 and male
1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝. Fits on 1/4˝-20 camera mount screws and converts them to 3/8˝.............1.95
Reversible Camera Stud 1/4˝-20 to 3/8˝ (FLST) .....................................................................6.95
FOBA
Superball Ballhead: Made with the precision of Sinar and the
reliability of Foba, the Superball has large locking levers that make the head very easy
to handle. It locks down firmly with just a twist. In fact, the Superball has one of the
strongest locks on the market today. Once the ball is locked it stays locked. But that’s
not to say you can't adjust the friction on the ball to suit your needs. Besides this,
the base can rotate a full 360° and its tension is adjustable. User-adjustable tension
allows fine-tuning the performance of the ball to suit the shooting situation, as well
as to compensate for wear over the life of the ball, which sits in a Teflon collar for
smooth rotation.
Mini-Superball Ballhead: Foba’s Mini-Superball puts the advanced
features of the popular Superball into a very compact, lightweight package. Compact
size and 15 lb. capacity are ideal for small and medium format cameras in the studio
or in the field.
Superball M-1: Designed specifically for 35mm and medium format
cameras, the M-Line Ballhead is available in two versions; the Superball M-1 which
includes a camera plate with a 1/4˝ thread, and the Superball M-1 with quick release
head. The M-Line is compatible with all of the existing Quick Release Plates found
in the Superball line. The M-Line Superball features a rotating base for easy positioning
and is ergonomically designed, making it easy to handle for both amateurs and
professionals. Its one-knob-locks-all process ensures simple and rapid operation.
Continued on the next page...
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
www.bhphotovideo.com
FOBA
BALLHEADS
SUPERBALL
TRIPODS
Superball with 1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝-16 Standard Head (FOSB)
Can be used on all types of tripods and studio stands. Can be reversed for 1/4˝ or
3/8˝threads. Maximum load capacity 32 lbs. with a base diameter of 3˝. Height is 5˝
and it weighs 2.6 lbs.................................................................................................439.95
Superball with Quick Release Head (FOSBQR)
Same features as above except with a quick release plate that allows you to change
cameras quickly and easily with the twist of just one knob. Head includes a
removable safety stopper. Requires plate. There are six types of quick release plates
to choose from including: 3/8˝, 1/4˝, 35mm and Hasselblad 3/8˝and 1/4˝ ........449.95
MINI SUPERBALL
Mini-Superball with
Quick Release Head (FOSBMQR)
Same features as above except with a quick release
head that allows you to change cameras quickly
and easily with the twist of just one knob. Head
includes a removable safety stopper. Requires
plate. There are six types of quick release plates to
choose from including : 3/8˝, 1/4˝, 35mm and
Hasselblad 3/8˝and 1/4˝ ................................269.95
Mini-Superball Plus with
Standard Head (FOSBMP)
Same as Mini-Superball except it is
equipped with a separate calibrated
panning base, which can be locked
and unlocked independently of the ball
itself ................................................336.50
Mini-Superball Plus with
Quick Release Clamp (FOSBMPQR)
Same as above, it requires the additional
purchase of an Arca-type quick release
plate, made by a host of manufacturers
including Acratech, Arca-Swiss, Foba,
Novoflex and Wimberley ..............364.95
ACCESSORIES
SUPERBALL M-1
Superball M-1 with 1/4˝ Thread
Camera Plate (FOSBM114): Rotating
base for easy positioning. Multi-function locking system, high clamping
force (10 lbs), full 360° rotation. 18 lb.
maximum load capacity, it’s height is
3.5˝ and it weighs 10 oz...........156.95
Superball M-1 with Quick Release Head (FOSBM1QR): Same as
above except with a quick release head that allows you to change
cameras quickly and easily. Compatible with all current Superball
plates. It’s height is 4.5˝, and it weighs 14 oz..........................199.50
Universal Plate for Superball
(FOUPSB): Has 1/4˝ and 3/8˝
threads. Supplied with standard
head ...................................54.00
Quick Release Head for
Mini-Superball (FOQRHMSB):
An quick release adapter.
Requires plate ....................87.50
Universal Plate for
Mini-Superball (FOUPMSB): Has
1/4˝ and 3/8˝ threads. Supplied
with standard head ...........54.00
Base Plate for Superball (FOBP):
With 3/8˝ screw. Attaches to the
bottom of the Superball, allowing it to be used from a very
low level or tabletop........146.95
Quick Release Head for
Superball (FOQRHSB): An
Arca-style quick release head.
Requires plate..................119.95
Quick Release Plate (FOQRP35):
With 1/4˝ screw for 35mm
cameras..............................54.00
Panorama Base for Mini-Superball (FOPB)
Provides 360° calibrated panning................................................152.50
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
441
Mini-Superball with
1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝-16 Standard Head (FOSBM)
Compact, without panning capabilities. Maximum
load capacity 15 lbs. with a base diameter of 2.5˝.
It’s height is 3.9˝ and it weighs 20 oz............234.95
GIOTTOS
MINI TRIPODS
442
TRIPODS
U.Pod
The U.Pod series was
developed after a great
deal of consultation
with end users and
professionals.
Constructed of an
aluminum alloy,
protected by a
wear-proof black
laquer, they are
available with built-in
pan or ball head. The legs
fold into the central column for storage or
use as a mini-monopod (pistol grip).
Unfolded the legs become a platform turning
the U.Pod into a stable mini tripod supporting
up to 7 lbs. They fold to 9.65˝ and extend to
14.4˝. A wrist strap is built-in for added
convenience.
U-Pod with Pan Head (GICTTPH) ...........33.00
U-Pod with Ball Head (GICTTBH ............29.95
P.Pod
If you think it’s just a monopod,
then look again. Made of solid
aluminum alloy, the monopod
feels solid and sturdy. Its surfaces
are carefully polished twice to
give its leg sections smooth and
firm locking and quick unlocking
action. Finally, it is anodized,
preserving the distinctive look of
aluminum and pure black finish.
Now take it into the field.
It’s three accessory feet can be
deployed at the foot of the
monpod, turning it into a tripod.
Plus, it’s height is adjustable from
23.6˝ to 72.6˝. Alternatively, the accessory
feet can be fixed to its collar to turn the
monopod into a low height tripod.
Finally, fixing two of the feet around the
neck of the monopod gives you a low
angle tripod ideal for macro and nature
photography.
Integral quick release pan head allows the
camera to be instantly attached and
detached. The 2-way tilt head allows 180°
of movement.
P.Pod (GIPP) .........................................69.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Q.Pod & Ball.Pod
Unbelievably small yet extraordinarily
strong pocket tripods for cameras, telescopes, binoculars and camcorders.
Although they are the smallest tripods
in the world, the Q.Pods (tilt head)
and Ball.Pods (ball head) are multifunctional, strong and the best choice
when traveling. Titanium finish with
rubber tipped legs they stand steady on
any surface and are suitable for any occasion. Available in a two or five-section leg design, each
has a minimum height of 3˝, extended height of 4.25˝, weighs 3.7 oz. and includes a case.
Compact Q.Pod (GICQPT)
• 2-section rubber tipped legs
• Tilt head with 1/4-20 thread and video pin
• Folds flat (folded size 5 x 1.5 x 0.9˝) ....16.95
Compact Ball.Pod (GICBPT)
• 2-section rubber tipped legs
• Ball head with 1/4-20 thread and video pin
• Folds flat (folded size 5 x 1.5 x 0.9˝) ....14.95
Mini Q.Pod (GIMQPT)
• 5-section rubber tipped legs
• Tilt head with 1/4-20 thread and video pin
• Folds flat (folded size 3.5 x 1.5 x 0.9˝) ..21.95
Mini Ball.Pod (GIMBPT)
• 5-section rubber tipped legs
• Ball head with 1/4-20 thread and video pin
• Folds flat (folded size 3.5 x 1.5 x 0.9˝) ..18.95
PHOTO TRIPODS
VT-800 Series
The VT-800 Series delivers exceptionally smooth geared center column
movement with a crank and easy-locking knob. The 3-way pan head lets
you mount and remove the camera by simply pushing the quick release
lever. A bubble level helps you adjust horizontal position quickly and
easily. Easy-to-lock and release leg locks. They all have a built-in handle,
and a hook that allows you to hang weight for greater stability.
VT-806 (GIVT806): With an air cushioned geared column, the VT-806 has
a 60˝ maximum height, a 24˝ closed length, and weighs 2.4 lbs.........38.95
VT-808 (GIVT808): Maximum
height 60˝, closed length 24˝, it
weighs 2.9 lbs ........................49.95
VT-809 (GIVT809): Maximum
height 65˝, closed length 27˝, it
weighs 3.9 lbs ........................59.95
IY Series
The IY-332 and IY-442 offer unique styling, functions, and strong aluminum alloy legs. They feature a multi-joint extension handle that can be
set face forward or backwards; a quick release platform that flips up automatically when the quick lever lock is pushed for secure locking and easy
on/off operation. They include a 3-way pan head that is self-adjusting
with the camera platform, adjustable to any angle up to 90°. There is an
air-cushioned center column with crank as well as center column lock
carrying handle. With adjustable locking center brace lock, the angle of
the legs are also adjustable. They also have adjustable rubber ball feet.
IY-332 (GIIY332): Maximum height
58˝, closed length 24˝, it weighs
3.2 lbs.....................................44.95
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
IY-442 (GIIY442): Maximum height
52˝, closed length 22˝, it weighs
2.3 lbs.....................................34.95
GIOTTOS
BALL HEADS
MH-1004
MH-7001
(GIMH1004)
The smallest ball head with single knob for
the ball and the pan. Weighs 4.8 oz., 2.4˝
height, capacity 5 lbs. Top plate with 1/4˝
camera thread. Base with 3/8˝ tripod socket
with 1/4˝ reducing bushing ......................8.95
(GIMH1003)
Small ball head with single knob for the ball
and the pan. Weighs 5.3 oz., 2.8˝ height, 8.8
lb capacity. Top plate with 1/4˝ camera
thread. Base with 3/8˝ tripod socket with
1/4˝ reducing bushing.............................39.00
MH-1003
MH-1000
(GIMH1002)
(GIMH2000)
Large ball head with dual ball design.
Calibrated tension and lock knobs.
Weighs 23.5 oz., 5.4˝ height, 26.5 lb.
capacity. Top with 1/4 and 3/8˝ camera
threads. Base with 3/8˝ tripod socket with
1/4˝ reducing bushing. Includes draw
string pouch ......................................149.95
MH-3000
MH-1001
MH-1000
MH-2000
(GIMH3000)
MH-3000
The largest Giottos ball head. Calibrated
tension pan and lock knobs. Weighs 42
oz., 5.4˝ height, 33 lb. capacity. Top with
1/4 & 3/8˝ camera threads. Base with 3/8˝
tripod socket with 1/4˝ reducing bushing.
Includes draw string pouch..............119.95
Compact ball head with ball lock knobs and
pan lock. Weighs 8.4 oz., 3˝ height, 13 lb
capacity. Top plate with 1/4˝ camera thread.
Base with 3/8˝ tripod socket & 1/4˝ reducing
bushing. Includes draw string pouch .....59.95
MH-1001
(GIMH1001)
Medium ball head with calibrated tension
and lock knobs and pan lock. Weighs 13 oz.,
4˝ height, 17.6 lb. capacity. Top plate with
1/4 and 3/8˝ camera threads. Base with 3/8˝
tripod socket with 1/4˝ reducing bushing.
Includes draw string pouch ....................89.95
443
MH-1002
(GIMH1000)
Large ball head with calibrated tension
and lock knobs and pan lock. Weight
20.6 oz., 4.5˝ height, 22 lb. capacity.
Top plate with 1/4 and 3/8˝ camera
threads. Base with 3/8˝ tripod socket with
1/4˝ reducing bushing. Includes draw
string pouch ......................................109.95
MH-2000
MH-1002
TRIPODS
MH-1003
(GIM7001)
Ball head with built-in quick release supports 13 lbs. Camera
plate slide to aid in macro camera positioning. QR has two
bubble levels and is equipped with 1/4 and 3/8˝ camera screws.
Weighs 21 oz. and is 4.3˝ high. Base with 3/8˝ tripod socket
with 1/4˝ reducing bushing. Includes draw string pouch...54.95
3-Way Pan Heads
3-way pan head with lever lock, 1/4˝ thread,
bubble level, padded handles, 3/8˝ tripod
socket with reducing bushing. Weighs 1.3
lbs., supports 18 lbs. Includes pouch case.
(GIPH) ....................................................37.95
MH-5000
3-way pan head with double locking quick
release and 1/4˝ thread, two bubble levels,
padded handles, 3/8˝ tripod socket with
bushing. Weighs 1.5 lbs., supports 18 lbs.
Includes pouch case. (GIPHQR) ............43.00
MH-5001
Quick Release Adapters with Plate
For MH-1000, MH-1001, MH-2000,
MH-3000, and M-7001 Ball Heads.
MH 200 (GIMH200): With 1/4˝ and 3/8˝thread.
Camera plate release via screw .................34.95
MH 621 (GIM621): With 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ thread.
Plate slides for macro positioning............29.95
MH 100 (GIMH100): With 1/4˝ thread.
Camera plate release via lever......24.95
MH 500 (GIMH500): With 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ thread.
Camera plate release via screw .................42.95
MH 652 (GIMH652): With 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ thread.
Fits most ballheads....................................24.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
GIOTTOS
UNIVERSAL SERIES
TRIPODS
The Universal Tripod
Setting the standard for features and design in a professional quality tripod,
the Universal Series have a very unique style, are very versatile, but yet very
economical. The unique centercolumn can be used as a lateral arm with angle
adjustment, especially ideal for nature and micro photography. The column
can also be used upside down. It allows 360° horizontal and 180° vertical
adjustment, and the column can be positioned and set quickly with the locking
knob. The Universal Series is available with carbon fiber or aluminum legs
and center column, both types are available in three models that differ only in
the number of leg sections, maximum height and leg diameter.
FEATURES
444
◆
Legs and center-column are made of
durable aluminum or French-made
high-strength carbon fiber tubing used in
aerospace engineering to yield exceptional
stability for its weight. Carbon fiber is
shock and vibration absorbent, but still
relatively lightweight. The carbon fiber
used for these legs is made from twelve
layers, and the spiral grain is visible on
the surface, giving it it’s high-tech look.
◆
When mounting plate is used without
column it becomes a 3-way pan tilt head.
◆
Remove the center column from the
platform by loosening the set screw to use
the top-plate as a 3-way pan/tilt head.
◆
You can set the camera directly with no
need for an extra head on it for the
lowest shooting position, when using the
built-in universal 3-way pan head. Just
separate the center column from the
platform and lock the safety knob. It
provides 360° horizontal and 180° vertical
adjustment, quickly and easily.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Shown with optional
snow shoes
◆
Convenient leg spread adjustment with
calibrated collar with settings for 25, 50
and 75° leg spread. The 3-position release
control allows the legs to be released to any
of three pre-set angles. Alternatively each
leg can be released with the powerful leg
lock and positioned at will.
◆
Reversible center column with retractable
hook for hanging a weight. The retractable
hook can be used to add stability with a
sand bag or equipment bag.
◆
Special tilt control on column allows column to be used at any angle from the tripod legs.
◆
Mounting plate for head can be removed
from center column for low-level work
(minimum height 9.8˝).
◆
Three set screws under mounting plate
eliminate twisting of head.
◆
Dual spring-loaded head mounting screw
with both 3/8 and 1/4˝ thread.
◆
The Universal tripods are available with 3or 4-section legs. The shortest version has
a 28mm leg tube and a maximum height
of 63˝. The 3-section with 32mm diameter
leg tube opens to 67˝ and the 4-section
with 32mm leg tube opens to 71˝.
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
◆
All models support up to 33 lbs.
◆
Built-in spirit level
◆
Legs have a thick foam padding to ensure
a firm grip and for comfort in extreme
temperatures.
◆
Universal rubber ball feet (with spike
inside) can be removed to convert to
metal spike or optional snow shoes.
Spikes assure firm contact on wet soil,
gravel, or rocky areas.
Universal Series
tripods are supplied
with padded
adjustable strap,
case and tool kit for
adjustments and
conversions. The
toolbox includes
different sizes of
allen wrenches, hex
wrench, screw driver
and extended tube
for extra leverage.
GIOTTOS
UNIVERSAL SERIES
GIOTTOS TRIPOD SPECIFICATIONS
Tripod
MT-8160
MT-8170
MT-8180
MT-9160
MT-9170
MT-9180
63˝
67˝
71˝
63˝
67˝
71˝
Minimum Height
9.75˝
9.75˝
9.75˝
9.75˝
9.75˝
9.75˝
Folded Length
23.5˝
25˝
23.3˝
23.5˝
25˝
23.3˝
Load Capacity
± 33 lb
± 33 lb
± 33 lb
± 33 lb
± 33 lb
± 33 lb
3
3
4
3`
3
4
Twist-lock
Twist-lock
Twist-lock
Twist-lock
Twist-lock
Twist-lock
Independent Leg Spread
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Center Column Sections
1
1
1
1
1
1
Leg Sections
Leg Lock Type
Center Column Type
Rapid sliding
Rapid sliding
Rapid sliding
Rapid sliding
Rapid sliding
Rapid sliding
Center Brace
No
No
No
No
No
No
Spiked Feet
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Head Mount Thread Size
Weight
Price
Dual 1/4-20˝ & 3/8˝ Dual 1/4-20˝ & 3/8˝ Dual 1/4-20˝ & 3/8˝ Dual 1/4-20˝ & 3/8˝ Dual 1/4-20˝ & 3/8˝
5.5 lb
5.7 lb
5.7 lb
6.2 lb
6.6 lb
6.6 lb
GIMT8160
GIMT8170
GIMT8180
GIMT9160
GIMT9170
GIMT9180
259.95
284.95
309.95
136.95
144.95
154.95
MONOPODS
Monopods are specially designed for photographers on the move, for all styles of photography such as
fashion or sports. With a monopod you can support heavy cameras, make instant changes to angle and
position in restricted spaces to capture the perfect shot. Available in 3-, 4- and 5-section models, in
aluminum or carbon fiber, all Giotto’s monopods feature foam-padded grip, rubber-covered leg locks,
spring-loaded 3/8˝ and 1/4˝ camera screw, and a rubber ball foot that accepts accessory spikes or shoes.
The rubber foot gives them firm ground support and flexibility of up to 360° of tilt. Carbon fiber
models also feature a spring-loaded foot pedal for added support, and all monopods are equipped with
an adjustable wrist strap, case and toolkit.
GIOTTOS MONOPOD SPECIFICATIONS
Type
Load Capacity
Extended Length
Folded Length
409140
MM-9160
MM-9170
MM-9180
MM-8950
MM-8970
MM-8990
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Carbon Fiber
Carbon Fiber
Carbon Fiber
33 lbs.
33 lbs.
33 lbs.
33 lbs.
33 lbs.
33 lbs.
33 lbs.
60˝
62˝
66.5˝
70.5˝
59˝
70˝
75˝
20.2˝
19˝
22.3˝
20.6˝
24.3˝
26.9˝
24.7˝
Leg Sections
4
5
4
5
3
3
4
Leg Diameter
32mm
32mm
36mm
36mm
28mm
32mm
32mm
Weight
Item Code
Price
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.7 lbs.
1.6 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.3 lbs.
1.6 lbs.
GIMP460
GIMP5
GIMP466
GIMP570
GIMPCF359
GIMPCF370
GIMPCF4
49.95
52.95
55.00
58.95
98.00
113.00
128.00
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
445
Item Code
Dual 1/4-20˝ & 3/8˝
TRIPODS
Maximum Height
GITZO
446
TRIPODS
SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Gitzo tripods, monopods, heads and accessories are acknowledged by professionals the world over as setting the industry’s
standards for excellence. The classic Gitzo style, combined with
today’s space-age materials and modern ergonomic designs
keeps Gitzo at the forefront of camera support system design.
No gimmicks and no compromise on quality. High strength
lightweight aluminum alloy, carbon fiber tubes and magnesium
alloys ensure absolute stability and effectiveness. In addition,
tine tolerance in the assembly and smooth control, ensure that
Gitzo tripods and heads are engineered to withstand the most
vigorous handling. Gitzo products are versatile and timeless.
A Gitzo tripod purchased over 30 years ago still remains
compatible with accessories available today and with Gitzo’s
tried and true design, yesterday’s tripod can be serviced today!
Gitzo carbon fiber and light aluminum alloy tripods are designed for every application in the studio on location. Each tripod
has been designed especially to withstand a specified maximum weight of equipment, which is assessed as being placed above
the center of gravity of a fully extended tripod. There are also two styles of tripods—Standard or Performance. Standard style
tripods have one fixed leg angle spread to ensure the center column is always vertical at a given leg extension and are rock
solid. Performance styles are fitted with sliding stops, which enable the legs to be individually set at different angles.
Classic: Used by professionals around the world, Classic aluminum
tripods are individually hand assembled with painstaking care using the
finest high strength alloys, providing uncompromising support.
Basalt: The innovative minds of Gitzo design engineers have
brought forth the world’s first basalt tripod range. Basalt is as tough as
aluminum but much lighter, is better at absorbing vibrations ans is also
recyclable. Lightweight and incredibly strong, all models are individually
hand-assembled so there’s absolutely no compromise in quality.
Series
Table
Weekend
Sport
Reporter
Studex
Pro Studex
Tele Studex
Series Reference
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
Leg Tube Size
16mm (5/8˝)
20mm (3/4˝)
24mm (7/8˝)
28mm (11⁄8˝)
32mm (11⁄4˝)
37mm (11⁄2˝)
41mm (15⁄8˝)
Gitzo Series numbers are defined by the diameter of the top leg section.This measurement also determines the Series height range, load
capacity and, to an extent, suitable product application.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
Mountaineer: The original carbon fiber tripods, the
Mountaineers offer the most extensive range. 30% lighter than
traditional aluminum tripods, while retaining strength and
torsional rigidity - the strongest in their class.
Leveling: The revolutionary Gitzo Leveling tripods have a
ball joint mounted center column designed to let you get your
camera perfectly level simply by adjusting column inclination
instead of having to set each leg individually. The rougher
the terrain, the more you’ll notice how much the Leveling
mechanism helps you get shooting quickly and accurately.
Explorer: The most versatile tripods in the Gitzo range,
Explorer is ideal for photographers working in the field. They
will will hold your camera steady in places you might never
have thought of and let you capture pictures previously
beyond your horizons.
Systematic: The Systematic range is the choice of the
professional; it lets you construct a tripod to suit your needs.
Choose your tripod legs and add a rapid or geared center
column, bowl interface, levelling base or flat plate depending
on your application. Some models allow interchangeable feet
to anchor your tripod on any surface.
GITZO
G1155T ‘TRAVELER’
Sport Carbon Performance Tripod
TRIPODS
It’s been a long time since a truly innovative tripod has come to market. With the
introduction of the G1155T, or Traveler Gitzo has introduced a whole new concept to
the world of tripods. Designed for users who want to take a very lightweight full size
tripod with them when they travel, this tripod will accommodate digital and compact
cameras as well as lightweight camcorders. Due to its unique design, the Traveler
doesn’t compete with any other tripod on the market.
The Traveler is the most compact carbon fiber tripod in the world. When opened, it
is as tall a standard Gitzo tripod, but thanks to its ground-breaking 180° folding
mechanism, it is 25% shorter than standard when folded. Available in Series 1 models,
the Traveler fits perfectly in hand luggage and is ideal for photographers on the move.
FEATURES
Lightweight and compact 5-section tripod
with grooved rapid column, designed to fit
into hand luggage
◆
Includes G1077M Magnesium center ball head, so no additional
expense for a head is necessary. When closed, the head is
protected under folded legs.
◆
Unique 180° folding legs alows the 2.2 lbs
tripod to fold down to 14.2” yet expand to
57.5” when fully extended
◆
The Traveler also is built with Gitzo’s anti-rotation grooved
center column. The center column-locking collar makes it easier
to adjust the column quickly.
◆
Made of Carbon 2, an all new six-layer tube
construction process makes it stronger then
existing carbon, yet 15% lighter. Also provides greater capacity to absorb vibrations
and withstand fatigue.
◆
The legs are assembled using Gitzo’s "H.I.S.,"
a dual "screw thread and glue" jointing technology that provides greater durability and
reliability than alternative methods
◆
Has a new center column-locking collar
found above the tripod. Adjusting the collar
is fast and easy and it also improves stability.
◆
It only takes seconds to open and secure the
tripod with the new Anti-Leg-Rotation
(ALR) system. Just loosen all twist locks at
the same time and pull down the leg before
tightening the twist locks, making setup a
mere 15 seconds.
◆
Polymer Bushings can be used in river beds
all day long without adverse effect on locking mechanism
◆
Stabilizing hooks that use to take up space
and snag on clothing or equipment are no
longer a problem. A redesigned built-in,
spring-loaded, retractable accessory hook
provides a place to hang equipment, such as
camera, sand or water bags, on the bottom
of the center column.
G1155T Traveler Tripod
447
◆
(GIG1155T)
A five-section tripod that weighs just 2.2 lbs., folds down to 14.2˝,
and provides support from 13.8˝ up to 57.5˝.........................593.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
GITZO
MOUNTAINEER SERIES
TRIPODS
Carbon Fiber Tripods
Mountaineer carbon tripods are up to 30% lighter than equivalent alloy tripods without any compromise on strength, stability
or durability. The exclusive manufacturing process ensures stiff, light tubes that are resistant to bending and stable in extreme
temperatures. The grooved carbon rapid center columns prevent rotation, increase stability and include a stainless steel weight
hook. All Mountaineer tripods are fitted with sliding stops, which enable legs to be set at different angles.
◆
Gitzo carbon tubes use an exclusive
process based on pull winding of long
carbon fibers which are precisely wrapped
and combined under high pressure and
temperature with epoxy resin to a 1.5mm
wall thickness.
◆
This manufacturing process ensures stiff,
light tubes resistant to bending, with
superior tensile and compression
strength, and a high degree of stability in
extreme temperatures.
448
◆
Tripods are constructed using a “screw
thread and glue” dual jointing “H.I.S.”
(Hybrid Interconnection System)
technology pioneered by Gitzo. Provides
greater strength and security on location.
◆
They provide strength, and a high degree of
stability in extreme temperatures. The tubes
also absorb vibration and withstand fatigue
better than those made by other carbon fiber
tube processes.
◆
Telescopic leg extensions and center columns
are fitted with anti-slippage rubber cushioned locking rings and "wingnut" locks.
On rapid center column tripods, the
center column locking collar above the
tripod shoulder makes it easier to adjust
the column quickly. The rapid column
can also easily be inverted for an
alternative shooting angle or low level
macro work.
◆
Sport, Reporter and Studex series tripods
are fitted with a grooved center column to
prevent rotation and increase stability.
◆
On geared models, the gear mechanism
allows you to precisely adjust the height
of the column. An anti-rollback system
keeps heavy equipment safely supported,
and can be disengaged by pressing the
secondary lever while winding down.
◆ All
except the G0027 are “Performance”
models fitted with sliding stops that allow the
legs to be set at different angles.
◆
Built-in hook on Sport, Reporter and Studex
series let you hang a stabilizing weight (like a
camera bag) on the bottom of the tripod.
Ideal with long lenses, on uneven ground or
in windy conditions.
G0027 (GIG0027)
Ultra Compact
Carbon Fiber Tripod
Mountaineer Weekend Tripods
G0027
The smallest of the carbon fiber series,
the G0027 Ultra Compact tripod is
packed with features. It weighs less
than 1 lb., but will comfortably
support loads up to 5.5 lbs. - ideal for
compact digital and film cameras.
It features a silky-smooth rapid center
column as well as Gitzo’s unique dual
jointing H.I.S. technology. This construction technique provides greater
strength and stability. It offers rigidity
for low-angle shooting, and is
extremely portable. It’s 11.8˝ folded
length means it will fit into almost any
accessory bag or briefcase.
◆
Just when you thought traveling with a tripod was too
cumbersome and bulky, Gitzo does it again. Built for travel
photography, and designed for either digital or film cameras, the
3-section G1027 and 4-section G1028 Mountaineer Weekend
tripods combine portability, stability, lightness, and feature a
high maximum load capacity at a very low weight.
G1028
G1027 (GIG1027)
G1028 (GIG1028)
Performance Tripod
Performance Tripod
With a closed length of 16.5˝
and weighing just 1.7 lbs, it
makes packing much easier.
When in the open position,
the G1027 will comfortably
support camera loads up to
6.6 lbs, while providing 47.6˝
of maximum height (with
center column extended).
Vertually identical to the
G1027, the G1028 offers
more height than the
G1027. It can comfortably
support camera loads up to
6.6 lbs, while delivering a
maximum height of 54.3˝
(with the center column
extended).
Style
Column
type
Leg
sections
Max. height
with extended
center column
Max. height
column
down
Min.
height
Closed
height
Weight
Max. Load
Capacity
Price
G0027
Standard
Rapid
3
28.3˝
20.8˝
10.6˝
11.8˝
0.97 lbs
5.5 lbs
309.95
G1027
Performance
Rapid
3
47.6˝
37˝
16.5˝
17.7˝
1.7 lbs
6.6 lbs
324.95
G1028
Performance
Rapid
4
54.3˝
43.3˝
16.1˝
17.7˝
1.7 lbs
6.6 lbs
384.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
www.bhphotovideo.com
GITZO
MOUNTAINEER SERIES
Mountaineer Sport Tripods
G1128
Mountaineer
Sport Tripod
G1127 Performance Tripod (GIG1127)
A three-section tripod that weighs just 2.7
lbs., folds down to 23.2˝, and provides
support from 12.6˝ up to 59.4˝.
G1128 Performance Tripod (GIG1128)
A four section tripod that weighs just 2.6
lbs., folds down to 18.5˝ and provides
support from 12.2˝ up to 46.1˝.
G1127G Geared Tripod (GIG1127G)
Same as above with geared column.
G1128G Geared Tripod (GIG1128G)
Same as above with geared column.
TRIPODS
Mountaineer Sport tripods set the standard for lightweight tripods, offering a high maximum load together with a very low weight. Traveling with a tripod has never been so easy.
They hold up to 10 lbs. yet weigh only 3 lbs. Their size, weight and stability puts them in a
class of their own. Models that end with a “G” are part of a new geared tripod series that
combine the strength and stability of the Mountaineer range with the precision height
adjustment of an aluminum geared column.
Mountaineer Reporter Tripods
G1227
Mountaineer
Tripod
G1227 Mountaineer Tripod (GIG1227)
3 leg sections. With robust stability that
makes it perfect for location or studio
work. It has a maximum height of 63.4˝
and a minimum height of 13.4˝.
G1228 Mountaineer Tripod (GIG1228)
4 leg sections, ideal for outdoor
nature/backpacker photographers.
It has a 60.6˝ maximum height and a 12.6˝
minimum height.
G1227G Geared Tripod (GIG1227G)
Same as above with geared column.
G1228G Geared Tripod (GIG1228G)
Same as above with geared column.
G1327 Mountaineer Studex Tripod
449
Suitable for both SLR, medium format and light 6 x 6 cameras, these tripods feature a
grooved rapid center column and have legs that can be set individually at 24˚, 55˚ and 90˚.
They each have a maximum load capacity of 171⁄2 lbs., and weigh 31⁄4 lbs. These tripods are
also available in a geared version that combines the strength and stability of the
Mountaineer range with the precision height adjustment of an aluminum geared column.
(GIG1327)
G1327
Mountaineer
Studex Tripod
For photographers who will settle for nothing less than a Studex Carbon Fiber Tripod,
but require the extra stability for heavy loads. The 3-section G1327 combines portability,
stability, and lightness, and supports up to 26 lb. maximum load while weighing only 5 lbs.
Professional tripod for all 35mm SLR, and medium format cameras with heavier lenses.
Style
Column
type
Leg
sections
Max. height
with extended
center column
Max. height
column
down
Min.
height
Closed
height
Weight
Max. Load
Capacity
Price
G1127
Performance
Rapid
3
59.4˝
50.8˝
12.6˝
23.2˝
2.7 lbs
9.9 lbs
414.95
G1127G
Performance
Geared
3
55.1˝
48.8˝
11.4˝
22˝
3.1 lbs
9.9 lbs
449.95
G1128
Performance
Rapid
4
54.7˝
46.1˝
12.2˝
18.5˝
2.6 lbs
9.9 lbs
467.95
G1128G
Performance
Geared
4
50˝
43.7˝
11.4˝
17.3˝
3 lbs
9.9 lbs
514.95
G1227
Performance
Rapid
3
63.4˝
54.7˝
13.4˝
25.6˝
3.4 lbs
17.6 lbs
464.95
G1227G
Performance
Geared
3
65˝
53.5˝
17.3˝
24.4˝
4.4 lbs
17.6 lbs
538.95
G1228
Performance
Rapid
4
60.6˝
52˝
12.6˝
21.3˝
3.4 lbs
17.6 lbs
509.95
G1228G
Performance
Geared
4
63.4˝
52˝
17.3˝
20.1˝
4.4 lbs
17.6 lbs
579.95
G1327
Performance
Rapid
3
70.7˝
59.8˝
17.3˝
28˝
5.1 lbs
26.5 lbs
569.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
GITZO
LEVELING TRIPODS
TRIPODS
The revolutionary Gitzo leveling tripods have a ball joint-mounted center column designed
to let you get your camera perfectly level simply by adjusting column inclination instead of
having to set each leg individually. In addition, leveling tripods have all the features and
benefits of the Gitzo Mountaineer carbon fiber range.
All-purpose tripods with particular advantages for panoramic, architecture and nature
photographers among others, they are leveled instantly with the simple twist of a knob, making them
perfect for shooting on uneven terrain. Features include a silky-smooth rapid center column that’s grooved to
prevent rotation, a stainless steel weight hook for added stability, a removable spirit level at the center column
base, and ergonomic rubber grip locks for easy handling. Up to 30% lighter than an equivalent aluminum
tripod yet it does not compromise on strength, torsional stability or durability.
◆
Open the tripod, leaving the
center column down. Loosen
the leveling system locking
knob. Adjust the center
column inclination to get it
level; for reference use the
built-in bubble spirit level.
When the column is correctly
leveled, tighten the locking
knob. Slide the center column
to the required height.
PERFECTLY LEVEL
450
◆
Center column
locking collar
Gitzo’s G1227LVL and G1228LVL leveling generation of photographic
supports: the column (+/-12°) lets you set your camera perfectly level without
adjustment of the tripod legs, and keeps your equipment closer to the vertical
of the tripod’s center of gravity for more stable shooting on uneven terrain.
◆
The center column locking collar above the
shoulder makes it easy to move the column
up and down. The rapid column can easily
be inverted for an alternative shooting
angle or low level macro work.
◆ “Performance” tripods
are fitted with
sliding stops, which enable the legs to be
individually set at different angles,
providing more flexibility and permitting
very low angle shooting.
Column
Type
Leg
Sections
G1228LVL (GIG1228LVL)
Rapid
4
61˝
G1227LVL (GIG1227LVL)
Rapid
3
63.8˝
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Constructed using a dual “screw thread and
glue” jointing technology called “H.I.S.”
which provides greater durability and
reliability than alternative methods.
Max. Height with
Max. Height
Extended Center Column Column Down
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
◆
Telescopic leg extensions and center
columns are fitted with anti-slippage
rubber cushioned locking rings.
◆
Built-in hook accessory allows you to hang
a stabilizing weight (e.g. a full camera bag
or a sand/water bag) on the bottom of the
tripod. Useful with long, heavy lenses on
uneven ground or in windy conditions.
Minimum
Height
Closed
Height
Weight
Max. Load
Capacity
Price
52.3˝
12.6˝
21.6˝
3.84 lbs
17.6 lbs
688.95
55.1˝
13.4˝
25.6˝
3.84 lbs
17.6 lbs
649.95
GITZO
SYSTEMATIC SERIES
The Systematic tripod is a Gitzo exclusive. This system allows you to customize the tripod to your particular needs. All
components from systematic series 3 to 5 tripods are interchangable.
◆
◆
Telescopic leg extensions can be set without
slippage with rubber cushioned locking
rings and wing locks.
◆ “Performance” tripods
are fitted with sliding
stops, which enable the legs to be
individually set at different angles, providing
more flexibility and permitting very low
angle shooting.
TRIPODS
Systematic tripods are constructed using a
“screw thread and glue” dual jointing
technology pioneered by Gitzo called
“H.I.S.”. This provides greater strength
and stability on location.
451
All Systematic tripods are supplied with a flat plate. The
optional camera attachments can be fitted by simply
unlocking the bolt in the top casting, lifting out the flat
plate and dropping in the alternative adapter or column.
Carbon Fiber Versions:
Aluminum Versions:
Gitzo carbon fiber tubes use an exclusive
process based on pull winding of long carbon
fibers which are precisely wrapped and combined under high pressure and temperature
with epoxy resin to a 1.5mm wall thickness.
This manufacturing process ensures stiff, light
tubes resistant to bending, having superior
tensile and compression strength, and a high
degree of stability in extreme temperatures.
The tubes also absorb vibration and withstand fatigue better than those made by other
carbon fiber tube processes.
The aluminum version is built with 1.5mm thick
tubes of high strength lightweight aluminum
alloy to ensure absolute stability and durability.
◆ Aluminum
tripods have wing nuts on the top
leg section for ease of operation.
◆ Aluminum
versions incorporate the universal
foot system with rubber feet and optional
stainless steel spikes and other accessories.
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
GITZO
SYSTEMATIC SERIES
TRIPODS
Systematic Studex Tripods
The Studex range of tripods is the workhorse of professional photographers. These
tripods will support long telephoto lenses on 35mm, medium format and even light
view cameras. They offer an ideal balance of strength and weight for photographers
on the go, who nevertheless require the extra stability for loads up to 26 lbs.
G1340
G1345 Performance Aluminum Tripod
The G1345 is a four-section aluminum tripod
that extends to 59.9˝, goes down to an
amazing 3.9˝ and folds to a compact 23.3˝.
It weighs 6.1 lbs. and supports a maximum
load of 22 lbs.............................................377.95
452
G1325 Performance CF Tripod
The G1325 is a three-section carbon fiber
tripod with flat plate. It extends to 58.3˝, goes
down to 4.3˝ and folds to a compact 26.4˝. It
weighs 4.5 lbs. and supports a maximum load
of 26.5 lbs..................................................529.95
G1340 Performance Aluminum Tripod
The G1340 is a three-section aluminum
tripod with flat plate. It extends to 60.2˝, goes
down to 4.3˝ and folds to a compact 28.3˝.
It weighs 6.4 lbs. and supports a maximum
load of 22 lbs.............................................329.95
G1348 Performance CF Tripod
The G1348 is a four-section carbon fiber
tripod with flat plate. It extends to 65.7˝, goes
down to 4.3˝ and folds to a compact 24˝.
It weighs 4.8 lbs. and supports a maximum
load of 26.5 lbs..........................................649.95
Systematic Pro Studex Tripods
Pro studex tripods are designed for large format cameras up to 8x10˝, long telephoto
lenses and video/ ENG applications on location. Available only in aluminum, the Pro
Studex range provides uncompromising support for loads up to 26.4 lbs.
G1415 Performance Aluminum Tripod
The G1415 is a four-section aluminum tripod
that extends to 46.1˝, goes down to 5.5˝ and
folds to a compact 20.1˝. Weighs 6.7 lbs. and
supports a maximum load of 26.5 lbs ....369.95
G1410
Style
Material
Leg
Sections
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Height
G1410 Performance Aluminum Tripod
The G1410 is a three-section aluminum
tripod that extends to 64.6˝, goes down to
7.5˝ and folds to 29.8˝. Weighs 8.4 lbs. and
supports a maximum load of 26.5 lbs ....369.95
Closed
Height
Weight
Max. Load
Capacity
G1345 (GIG1345)
Performance
Aluminum
4
59.9˝
3.9˝
23.3˝
6.1 lbs
22 lbs
G1325 (GIG1325)
Performance
Carbon fiber
3
58.3˝
4.3˝
26.4˝
4.5 lbs
26.5 lbs
G1340 (GIG1340)
Performance
Aluminum
3
60.2˝
4.3˝
28.3˝
6.4 lbs
22 lbs
G1348 (GIG1348)
Performance
Carbon fiber
4
65.7˝
4.3˝
24˝
4.8 lbs
26.5 lbs
G1415 (GIG1415)
Performance
Aluminum
4
46.1˝
5.5˝
20.1˝
6.7 lbs
26.5 lbs
G1410 (GIG1410)
Performance
Aluminum
3
64.6˝
7.5˝
29.9˝
8.4 lbs
26.5 lbs
G1515 (GIG1515)
Performance
Aluminum
2
47.2˝
7.7˝
32.3˝
8.3 lbs
44.1 lbs
G1505 (GIG1505)
Performance
Aluminum
4
58.7˝
6.3˝
24˝
9 lbs
33.1 lbs
G1548 (GIG1548)
Performance
Carbon fiber
4
59.1˝
5.9˝
23.2˝
6.7 lbs
33.1 lbs
G1500 (GIG1500)
Performance
Aluminum
3
61.8˝
7.5˝
29.5˝
9.7 lbs
33.1 lbs
G1548GT (GIG1548GT)
Performance
Carbon fiber
6
91.3˝
6.7˝
27.2˝
8.2 lbs
33.1 lbs
G1504 (GIG1504)
Performance
Aluminum
5
99.6˝
6.9˝
31.1˝
12.3 lbs
33.1 lbs
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
www.bhphotovideo.com
GITZO
SYSTEMATIC SERIES
Systematic Tele Studex Tripods
The tele studex range of tripods is the ultimate support at all heights from 5.9˝ to 99.6˝. Available in carbon and aluminum,
the tele studex range is designed for large format studio, architectural photographers and ENG or news videography when
rugged stability and flexibility is required.
G1548GT
G1505 Aluminum Tripod (GIG1505)
The G1505 is a four-section aluminum tripod
that extends to 58.7˝, goes down to 6.3˝ and
folds to a compact 24˝. Weighs 9 lbs. and
supports loads up to 33.1 lbs ................427.95
G1548GT Carbon Fiber Tripod (GIG1548GT)
A 6-section carbon fiber tripod that extends
to an incredible 91.3˝, goes down to 6.7˝ and
folds to 27˝. Weighs 8 lbs. and supports a
maximum load of 33 lbs .......................849.95
G1548 Carbon Fiber Tripod (GIG1548)
The 4-section G1548 weighs in at an 63⁄4 lbs,
yet can support a maximum load of up to 33
lbs. It extends up to 59.1˝ goes down to 5.9˝
and folds to a compact 23.2˝ ................749.95
G1504 Aluminum Tripod (GIG1504)
The G1504 is a 5-section aluminum tripod
that extends to 99.6˝, goes down to 6.9˝ and
folds to 31.1˝. Weighs 12.3 lbs. and supports
a maximum load of 33.1 lbs..................554.95
Model
G338 (GIG338)
G1317 (GIG1317)
G1318 (GIG1318)
G528 (GIG528)
G1529 (GIG1529)
G1527 (GIG1527)
G1518 (GIG1518)
Columns
Geared column
Rapid column
Rapid column
Geared column
Geared column
Rapid column
Rapid column
Series
3
3
3
4/5
4/5
4/5
5
Material
Aluminum
Aluminum
Carbon fiber
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Carbon fiber
Column Type
Geared
Rapid
Rapid
Geared
Geared
Rapid
Rapid
Min. Height
9.4˝
11.38˝
12.2˝
8.07˝
10.39˝
11.06˝
13.54˝
Max. Height
13.94˝
14.92˝
15.75˝
14.76˝
32.44˝
14.92˝
17.4˝
Weight
2.16 lbs
1.5 lbs
1.07 lbs
3.17 lbs
4.1 lbs
1.92 lbs
1.41 lbs
G1518
G1529
G1527
G528
G1318
G338
Center columns are important accessories for the Systematic range of tripods,
giving extra height and facilitating height changes. The geared versions allow even
finer height adjustment, and, thanks to their anti-rollback mechanism, are more
secure during raising and lowering when heavy photographic equipment is
mounted on the tripod.
G1317
Columns
Price
249.95
89.95
109.95
309.95
479.95
94.95
119.95
Video Adapters
G1422 Adapter (GIG1422): When you need to mount a video head with a half ball base, the ball adapters
transform your systematic photo tripod into a high performance video tripod. Compatible with all
75mm half ball video heads ....................................................................................................................39.95
G1424
G1321
G1424 Adapter (GIG1424): Same as G1422 but compatible with all 100mm half ball video heads .....59.95
G1422
G1321 Level Base (GIG1321): The leveling base fits systematic tripods and allows you to level the head
plate without adjusting each leg individually or losing stability. It has ±15° adjustment and is fitted
with a spirit level. A toggle lever guarantees efficient locking ............................................................159.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
453
G1500 Aluminum Tripod (GIG1500)
The G1500 is a 3-section aluminum tripod
that extends to 61.8˝, goes down to 7.5˝ and
folds to 29.5˝. Weighs 9.7 lbs. and supports a
maximum load of 33 lbs .......................427.95
TRIPODS
G1548
G1515 Aluminum Tripod (GIG1515)
The G1515 is a two-section aluminum tripod
that extends to 47.2˝, goes down to 7.7˝ and
folds to 32.3˝. Weighs 8.3 lbs. and supports
loads up to 44.1 lbs ................................427.95
GITZO
EXPLORER SERIES
TRIPODS
Aluminum and Carbon Fiber Tripods
◆
454
G2227
The Explorer is possibly the most versatile tripod in the world, and a first choice
for outdoor photographers. Thanks to its totally free leg angle positions and offset
center column inclination, it will hold your camera steady in places you wouldn’t
believe and let you capture pictures previously beyond your horizons. They feature
individually locking legs that can be fixed at any angle from 0° to 90°. The
column tilts from the vertical, right over beyond the horizontal and lock solidly at
any angle. A swivel on the column lets you position the angled column over a leg
for stability, or between the spread legs to shoot straight down onto the floor.
Available in carbon fiber or aluminum.
The technical solutions devised for the
Explorer include free leg angle locking,
the offset center column with free
inclination and rotation locking.
Combined with the features common
to all Gitzo tripods, such as the stabilizing hook and invertable column,
they’ll help you discover new ways of
using a tripod.
◆
◆
The Explorer is fitted with a column that can
tilt from the vertical, beyond the horizontal
and lock safely at any angle.
◆
They have individually locking legs that can
be fixed at any angle from 0° to 90°
◆
Telescopic leg extensions and center columns
are fitted with anti-slippage rubber cushioned
locking rings and “wingnut” locks.
◆
The carbon fiber (CF) versions are built with exclusive pull-wound tubes:
long fibers are precisely wrapped and combined with resin under high
pressure and temperature until the wall thickness reaches 1.5mm. Tubes are
resistant to bending and stable in extreme temperatures. They have greater
tensile and compression strength, so absorb vibration and withstand
fatigue better. The CF tripods are also constructed using a dual “screw
thread and glue” jointing technology pioneered by Gitzo called “H.I.S.”
which provides greater durability and reliability than alternative methods.
G2228
G2220
The aluminum version is built with 1.5mm
thick tubes of high strength lightweight
aluminum alloy to ensure absolute stability
and durability. The aluminum version
features the Gitzo universal foot system with
rubber feet that cover stainless steel spikes.
G2220 (GIG2220)
G2227 (GIG2227)
G2228 (GIG2228)
Three-section Aluminum Tripod
Three-section Carbon Fiber Tripod
Four-section Carbon Fiber Tripod
Traditional silver-grey color. Maximum
height of 64˝ and a weight of 5.1 lbs....239.95
Maximum height of 67.3˝, a weight of 4.41
lbs. and a maximum load of 13.2 lbs.
The minimum height is only 41⁄2˝..........469.95
Maximum height of 65.5˝, a weight of 4.4 lbs.
and a maximum load of 13.2 lbs.
The minimum height is only 41⁄2˝..........539.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Material
Column
type
Leg
sections
Max. height
with extended
center column
Max. height
column
down
Min.
height
Closed
height
Weight
Max. Load
Capacity
G2220
Aluminum
Rapid
3
64˝
49.8˝
4.5˝
25.2˝
5.1 lbs.
13.2 lbs.
G2228
Carbon fiber
Rapid
4
65.5˝
54.3˝
4.5˝
22˝
4.4 lbs.
13.2 lbs.
G2227
Carbon fiber
Rapid
3
67.3˝
55.9˝
4.5˝
26.4˝
4.4 lbs.
13.2 lbs.
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
GITZO
CLASSIC SERIES
Classic Aluminum Tripods
◆
Sport, Reporter and Studex tripods are constructed using a dual “screw thread and
glue” jointing (H.I.S) technology for durability and reliability.
◆
“Performance” tripods are fitted with sliding
stops, which enable the legs to be individually
set at different angles, for more flexibility
and low angle shooting.
◆
On rapid center column tripods, the center
column locking collar makes it easy to adjust
the column quickly. It can also easily be
inverted for an alternative shooting angle or
low level macro work.
◆
On geared models, the gear mechanism
allows you to precisely adjust the height of
the column. An anti-rollback system keeps
heavy equipment safely supported, and can
be disengaged while winding down.
◆
Telescopic leg extensions and center
columns have anti-slippage rubber cushioned locking rings and “wingnut” locks.
◆
Reporter’s removable rubber leg tip is interchangeable with Gitzo universal accessories
such as the big foot, long spike, etc.
G0012 Classic
Table Tripod (GIG0012)
G1212 Classic Reporter Tripod
G1118 Classic Sport Tripod
(GIG1118)
A good choice when
shooting on location.
This tripod offers
rapid center columns
and a variable leg
angle spread. In
addition, the center
column can be
reversed for flat art
copy work. 3-section
legs plus a geared
column. With an
optional extra-low
column, ground level shooting is simple. It is also
ideal for spotting scope and binocular support. It
has a maximum height of 51.6˝, and a minimum
height of 11.4˝ ..............................................................319.95
(GIG1212)
A 3-section tripod with a geared center column, the
G1212 Classic Reporter is ideal for SLR and medium
format cameras. It has a maximum height of 69.3˝,
and a minimum height of 18.3˝. It also includes a
universal foot system which accepts accessories such
as spiked feet..............................................................374.95
455
Ideal for compact cameras
or for special applications,
the G0012 is a 2-section
mini-tripod that features a
rapid center column to
offer rigidity for low-angle
shooting. Extremely
portable, the G0012 closes
down to 9.8˝ to fit in an
accessory bag or briefcase.
Maximum height is 11˝
(18˝ with extended
column), and the minimum height is 8.7˝. The
maximum load is 51⁄2 lb ...................................149.95
TRIPODS
Used by professionals around the world, Gitzo classic aluminum tripods are individually hand-assembled with painstaking
care using the finest high strength alloys. They cover a wide range of different maximum load capacities for different camera
equipment. Stated maximum loads refer to the weight the tripod supports when fully extended and with the load evenly balanced above the its center of gravity. Designed to accommodate any requirement, classic tripods also offer a choice of either
rapid or geared center column.
G1212
Classic Studex Tripods
A professional tripod for mounting all SLR cameras
with heavier lenses. The Studex range incorporates the
universal foot system, which provides a combination
of spiked feet with rubber caps. Available with grooved
rapid or geared center column.
G1312 Studex Performance Tripod
with Geared Column (GIG1312)
A three-section tripod with a geared center column.
It has a maximum height of 69.3˝, and a minimum
height of 17.3˝ ...........................................................424.95
G1312
G1320 Studex Performance Tripod
with Groove Rapid Column (GIG1320)
A three-section tripod with a grooved rapid center
column. It has a maximum height of 75.2˝, and a
minimum height of 19.3˝ .........................................339.95
G1326 Studex Compact Performance Tripod
with Groove Rapid Column (GIG1326)
A 4-section tripod with a grooved rapid center column.
It has a maximum height of 70.5˝, and a minimum
height of 16.1˝ ...........................................................399.95
G1326
See specifications on page 489
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
GITZO
BASALT SERIES
TRIPODS
“Rock Solid” Tripod Made from Space-Age Materials
From deep down in the earth’s crust molten rock erupts from a volcano. The lava that is forced out consists of a black dense
rock known as basalt. From this rock Gitzo has produced another first in tripod history. Using our know-how and experience of
technological materials such as carbon and magnesium, the basalt rock is transformed into fiber and through a complex 3D
process creates a tubing of exceptional performance. Basalt is as tough as aluminium but much lighter, is better at absorbing
vibrations and is also recyclable. Introducing the first ‘rock solid’ tripod created by nature for Gitzo.
Basalt rock is extracted, crushed and melted into a liquid at 1500°C (2732 °F) in a furnace called a ‘feeder’. The melted liquid
is forced through a mechanism with a number of tiny orifices to create the continuous basalt fibre. Temperatures are precisely
controlled throughout the whole process. the tube fabrication The long basalt fibers are then sent to the pultrusion plant where
the fibers are passed through a resin-impregnation bath and drawn through a shaping die to form a multi-layer tube of
exceptional performance.
456
Using its know-how and experience of advanced materials such as carbon and magnesium; Gitzo is the first and only
manufacturer world to produce such a highly technological tripod. Combining all of its expertise and knowledge Gitzo has
created a new generation of tripods to answer the ever-increasing demands of today’s professional photographers.
Rapid
◆
◆
◆
Reversible
Column
Performance
Fast (ALR)
Hook
Leg Ends
Created by nature for Gitzo, the all-new basalt fiber tripod range is
designed for demanding professionals who want the features and
performance of carbon fiber tripods, at a price that is very affordable.
These tripods are built with composite basalt tubing - which is 20%
lighter than aluminum tubing without compromising durability.
Basalt tripods incorporate all of Gitzo’s pioneering features, including
anti-rotation leg sections and reinforced removable spikes. Basalt
tripods are Gitzo’s new standard, perfectly suited for all types of
cameras from compact digital to medium format film.
◆
“Performance” tripods are fitted with sliding stops, which enable the
legs to be individually set at different angles, providing more flexibility
and permitting very low angle shooting.
◆
The center column locking collar above the tripod shoulder makes it
easier to adjust the column quickly. Series 1 and above are built with
an anti-rotation grooved center column for improved stability
◆
The rapid column can easily be inverted for an alternative shooting
angle or low level macro work.
All tripods (except the G1097) are constructed using a dual
“screw thread and glue” jointing technology pioneered by Gitzo
called “H.I.S.” which provides greater durability and reliability than
alternative methods.
◆
Removable rubber leg tip is interchangeable with Gitzo universal
accessories such as the big foot, long spike, etc
◆
The built-in accessory hook provides a place to hang a stabilizing
counterweight (e.g. a camera bag or a sand/water bag) on the bottom
of the center column., This is especially useful with long heavy lenses,
on uneven ground or in windy conditions. The newly redesigned
hook is retractable, so it takes up less space and won’t snag on
clothing or equipment.
New ALR (Anti-Leg Rotation) system means the tripod can be
opened in less than 15 seconds. Simply loosen all the twist locks on
each leg at the same time, then pull the leg down and tighten the
twists individually.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
GITZO
BASALT SERIES
Weekend Series Tripods
A very compact, yet sturdy tripod for mounting compact digital cameras, lightweight 35mm equipment and small camcorders.
G1098 Weekend Performance Tripod
with Rapid Column (GIG1098)
A four section tripod with a rapid center
column. It has a maximum height of 51.2˝, a
minimum height of 14.2˝ and folds down to
18.1˝. Supports up to 4.4 lbs. ..............299.95
TRIPODS
G1097 Weekend Performance Tripod
with Rapid Column (GIG1097)
A three section tripod with a rapid center
column. It has a maximum height of 46.9˝,
a minimum height of 15˝ and folds down to
16.9˝. Supports up to 4.4 lbs. ..............268.95
G1098
Sport Series Tripods
A good choice for lightweight digital and 35mm cameras when shooting on
location. The tripod is also a natural choice for spotting scopes, binocular support
or even light camcorders.
G1297
G1198 Weekend Performance Tripod
with Rapid Column (GIG1198)
A four section tripod with a rapid center
column. It has a maximum height of 47.2˝,
a minimum height of 14.6˝ and folds down
to 16.1˝. Supports up to 8.8 lbs...........324.95
457
G1197 Weekend Performance Tripod
with Rapid Column (GIG1197)
A three section tripod with a rapid center
column. It has a maximum height of 60.2˝,
a minimum height of 16.9˝ and folds down
to 22˝. Supports up to 8.8 lbs..............299.95
Reporter Series Tripods
G1298
Ideal tripod range for 35mm SLR and medium format cameras from 6x4.5 to
lightweight 6x6 plus camcorders.
G1297 Weekend Performance Tripod
with Rapid Column (GIG1297)
A three section tripod with a rapid center
column. It has a maximum height of 61˝, a
minimum height of 17.3˝ and folds down to
23.2˝. Supports up to 12 lbs. ...............324.95
G1298 Weekend Performance Tripod
with Rapid Column (GIG1298)
A four section tripod with a rapid center
column. Has a maximum height of 58.3˝, a
minimum height of 16.5˝ and folds down to
19˝. Supports up to 12 lbs. ..................347.95
CLASSIC SERIES & BASALT SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
G0012
Column
Type
Leg
Sections
Maximum Height with
Extended Center Column
Maximum Height
Column Down
Minimum
Height
Closed
Height
Weight
Maximum
Load Capacity
Rapid
2
18.1˝
11˝
8.7˝
9.8˝
0.9 lbs
5.5 lbs
G1118
Geared
3
51.6˝
45.7˝
11.4˝
21.7˝
3.6 lbs
9.9 lbs
G1212
Geared
3
69.3˝
56.7˝
18.3˝
26˝
5.8 lbs
13.2 lbs
G1312
Geared
3
69.3˝
61.4˝
17.3˝
29.1˝
7.3 lbs
22 lbs
G1326
Rapid
4
70.5˝
60.2˝
16.1˝
24.8˝
6.8 lbs
22 lbs
G1320
Rapid
3
75.2˝
62.2˝
19.3˝
29.9˝
7.3 lbs
22 lbs
G1097
Rapid
3
46.9˝
35.4˝
15˝
16.9˝
1.5 lbs
4.4 lbs
G1098
Rapid
4
51.2˝
39.4˝
14.2˝
18.1˝
1.8 lbs
4.4 lbs
G1197
Rapid
3
60.2˝
46.5˝
16.9˝
22˝
2.8 lbs
8.8 lbs
G1198
Rapid
4
47.2˝
38.6˝
14.6˝
16.1˝
2.4 lbs
8.8 lbs
G1297
Rapid
3
61˝
47.2˝
17.3˝
23.2˝
3.4 lbs
12.1 lbs
G1298
Rapid
4
58.3˝
47.2˝
16.5˝
19.3˝
3.4 lbs
12.1 lbs
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
GITZO
TRIPODS
TRIPOD HEADS
The Gitzo range is composed of different styles of heads that allow you to choose the best head for your needs. Each Gitzo head
has been carefully designed to work with a specific tripod series. There are heads in various designs and sizes which allow the
photographer to position any camera precisely for the required shooting position, with minimum effort to obtain optimum
results. Gitzo introduced Magnesium heads to the photographic industry, which offer the advantage of being up to 20% lighter
- and make perfect partners to Gitzo carbon fiber tripods. Gitzo heads cover all angles!
Center Ball Heads
G1377M
Center
Ball
Head
Exceptional fluid movement and total locking stability are the targets set for Gitzo’s range of center ball heads.
With their ergonomic design, they are easy and intuitive to use, while their advanced precision engineering
guarantees high performance locking with a wide range of camera equipment. Independent pan and tilt
controls lock the head exactly where it is set, without movement. All locking knobs have a rubber coating for
a softer touch and an excellent grip.
458
The G1177M features a single lock for rapid and reliable locking in any position. The innovative Teflon
coating applied to the ball surface of the larger heads (G1277M/G1377M and G1378M) makes camera
positioning adjustments smoother than ever by eliminating all traces of jarring and skipping. The G1377M
and G1378M incorporate a separate friction control which can be set to counterbalance the weight of the
camera, giving total control over the finest adjustments.
Series
Plate Type
Pan
Tilt
Pan
Locking
Ball
Locking
Friction
Control
Height
Weight
Max
Capacity
Price
G0077
00
Fixed with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°/-20°
2.3˝
0.17 lbs
2.2 lbs
36.95
G1077M
0
Fixed with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°/-20°
2.3˝
0.26 lbs
4.4 lbs
68.95
G1177M
1
Fixed with rev. 1/4-20˝ - 3/8˝ screw
360°
+90°/-20°
G1277M
2
Fixed with rev. 1/4-20˝ - 3/8˝ screw
360°
+90°/-30°
G1377M
3
Fixed with rev. 1/4-20˝ - 3/8˝ screw
360°
+90°/-40°
G1378M
3
Quick Release with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°/-40°
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.5˝
0.68 lbs
8.8 lbs
96.95
4.5˝
1.1 lbs
13.2 lbs
138.95
5.3˝
1.9 lbs
17.6 lbs
199.95
5.7˝
2.4 lbs
17.6 lbs
274.95
Off-Center Ball Heads
Gitzo off-center ball heads offer a range of movement impossible with conventional heads, and are
renowned for their smooth operation and positive locking mechanisms. The rotating center socket is the
reason why the they let you reach so many unusual angles. In fact, it’s so extreme and so versatile that it
allows a camera mounted on an inverted center column to be set right side up! A graduated base with
independent lock allows perfect panoramic positioning. A teflon-based anodizing process gives it a refined,
super-smooth movement.
These lightweight magnesium (20% lighter than the equivalent alluminum alloy head) off-center heads
offer fixed or quick release camera plate versions. All non-quick release plate models have a single “I” slot
for the camera mounting screw to allow fine positioning on the camera on the head. The design of these
heads allows you to work in any axis which makes it the perfect head for the Explorer range of tripods.
G1275M Off-Center Ball Head
Series
Plate Type
Pan
Side Tilt
Front/Back Tilt
Height
Weight
Max Capacity
Price
G1275M
2
Fixed with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°
360°
4.33˝
1.21 lbs
11 lbs
149.95
G1276M
2
Quick release with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°
360°
4.72˝
1.41 lbs
11 lbs
184.95
G1375M
3
Fixed with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°
360
5.12˝
1.84 lbs
13.2 lbs
192.95
G1376M
3
Quick release with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°
360°
5.51˝
2.07 lbs
13.2 lbs
219.95
G1575M
5
Fixed with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°
360°
5.51˝
2.6 lbs
22 lbs
248.95
G1576M
5
Quick release with 1/4-20˝ screw
360°
+90°
360°
5.91˝
2.82 lbs
22 lbs
292.95
ONE HOUR FREE PARKING
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
AT 349 W. 34th STREET (with purchase of $100 or more)
GITZO
TRIPOD HEADS
Fluid Heads
G2380
Fluid Head
The G1380 has separate pan and tilt variable drag control to produce smooth movement
without detectable stops and starts. A separate pan and tilt lock is included and the sliding
camera plate, used to balance the camera, can be rapidly locked or unlocked from the head
with the camera still attached. A safety release is also incorporated to prevent the camera accidentally falling off. Include six versions color-coded
tension springs for precision balancing for payloads from 2.2 lbs. to 22 lbs... in effect, six heads in one!
Plate Type
Pan
Front Tilt
Height
Weight
Max. Capacity
Price
G2380
2
QR with 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ screws
360°
+90°/-90°
5.31˝
3.09 lbs
11 lbs
189.95
G1380
3
QR with two 3/8˝ screws
360°
+90°/-90°
3.15˝
3.07 lbs
22 lbs
849.95
Low Profile Heads
Three fluid heads designed from the ground up to be of the highest quality, the G2270M (long
plate), G2271M (compact plate) and the G2272M (QR plate) offer silky smooth movement while
providing precise camera settings. Ideal for photo, bird watching or even mini DV cameras
there is absolutely no jerking when these heads are panned, tilted or levelled. Made
of high-quality, low-weight magnesium, they support equipment up to 12 lbs.
They feature multiple spirit levels to ensure the head is perfectly level. Rubber o-ring
gaskets around the locking bushings keep them securely in place if the side-to-side
tilt handle is removed to save space during transportation. Ergonomically designed pan
and tilt handles have easy to use triangular shaped rubber grips. Side to side tilt handle can be
positioned on the right or left-hand side of the head.
G1380M
Low Profile Head
The fixed plate G2270M and G2271M have anti-rotation pins (stored in pre-drilled holes under the head when not in use) to ensure the camera will
remain perfectly stable when shooting in portrait mode. Complimenting this is a large hexagonal thumbscrew on the bottom of the camera locking
screw to make it easier then ever to attach and remove equipment to the head.
The G2272M utilizes a quick-release locking system that even if equipment isn’t securely locked down, will prevent it from falling off the head.
Removing the camera and lens is simple and fast. Simply press the lock release button and slide the plate out.
Normally, when shooting in portrait mode with a low-profile head, up and down tilt is lost. With the G2272M’s square non-keyed QR plate, the camera
can be positioned in the adapter sideways so that when it’s positioned in portrait mode up and down tilt is available. In addition, by keeping any side of
the mounting plate parallel to the back or front of the camera will ensure perfect alignment without having to worry how the plate fits on the adapter.
Front Tilt
Side Tilt
Plate Type
Equipment Mount
Height
Weight
Max. Capacity
Price
G2270M (GIG2270M)
+95°/-50°
+100°/-100°
Fixed
1/4-20˝ + 3/8˝ screw
3.94˝
1.65 lbs
12.2 lbs
239.95
G2271M (GIG2271M)
+95°/-60°
+100°/-100°
Fixed
1/4-20˝ + 3/8˝ screw
3.94˝
1.54 lbs
12.2 lbs
229.95
G2272M (GIG2272M)
+95°/-50°
+100°/-100°
Quick Release
1/4-20˝ + 3/8˝ screw
3.66˝
1.59 lbs
12.2 lbs
249.95
G1570M (GIG1570M)
+90°/-20°
+90°/-60°
Fixed
1/4-20˝ + 3/8˝ screw
4˝
3.25 lbs
22 lbs
244.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
459
Series
TRIPODS
Fluid heads are ideally suited to lightweight ENG and prosumer camcorders, enabling
professional, smooth panning and solid locking. They also work well with still photography
when controlling long lenses and creating dramatic telephoto pan effects. Weighing a mere
3 lbs., the G2380 is perfect for location work. With fluid control it provides exceptionally
smooth pans and tilts. Friction for both pan and tilt planes is fully adjustable to perfectly
match the weight of your camera. Tightening a knob in the center of the friction control can
also independently lock both movements. A sliding quick-release plate also allows the camera
to be easily mounted and balanced from either the front or the rear, and a built-in secondary
safety catch protects the camera from accidentally sliding off the head. Last, it incorporates a
pan bar that converts in seconds for either right or left-hand operation.
GITZO
G1560 MonoTrek with Center Ball Head (GIG1560)
The G1560 MonoTrek is an ergonomically designed lightweight monopod/walking stick, ideal
for long distance walkers and backpackers. It is manufactured from light, high strength
aluminum alloy. Supplied with removable ball head, telescopic height adjustment, steel spiked
foot and snow shoe .....................................................................................................................119.95
460
G1568
G1560
G1588
G1564
Gitzo monopods set the standard to which others can only aspire to. Carbon fiber
models feature strong 1.5mm multi-layered, woven fiber tubes, cushioned hand
grips, 3/8˝ or 1/4-20˝ mounting screws and non-slip twist locks. Aluminum models
feature cushioned hand grips, 3/8˝ or 1/4-20˝ mounting screws and a universal
foot system with rubber feet that accepts steel spiked feet and other accessories. No
sporting or live action coverage would be complete without Gitzo monopods.
G1566
TRIPODS
MONOPODS
G1564 Studex Monopod (GIG1564)
4 section aluminum monopod......119.95
G1568 Mountaineer Reporter Monopod (GIG1568)
4 section carbon fiber monopod......................224.95
G1564L Studex XL Monopod (GIG1564L)
5 section aluminum monopod......134.95
G1578L Mountaineer Reporter Monopod (GIG1578L)
5 section carbon fiber monopod......................259.95
G1566 Mini Studex Monopod (GIG1566)
6 section aluminum monopod......129.95
G1588 Mountaineer Tele-Studex Monopod (GIG1588)
4 section carbon fiber monopod......................279.95
GITZO
MONOPODS
Construction
Minimum
Height
Maximum
Height
Weight
Maximum
Load
No. of
Sections
G1560
Aluminum
31.9˝
64.6˝
.9 lbs.
4.4 lbs.
3
G1564
Aluminum
23.2˝
62.6˝
2 lbs.
17.6 lbs.
4
G1564L
Aluminum
23.6˝
79.5˝
2.1 lbs.
17.6 lbs.
5
G1566
Aluminum
16.1˝
58.1˝
1.6 lbs.
11 lbs.
6
G1568
Carbon Fiber
21.9˝
65˝
1.2 lbs.
8.8 lbs.
4
G1578L
Carbon Fiber
23.6˝
77.6˝
1.6 lbs.
17.6 lbs.
5
G1588
Carbon Fiber
22.8˝
65˝
2 lbs.
26.5 lbs.
4
Lateral Arms
Lateral Arms enable cameras to be positioned above or below the tripod apex in positions which
might otherwise be obstructed by the tripod legs. For optimum rigidity, make sure to select a
lateral arm with the same diameter as the tripods outer section.
LATERAL
Model
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
ARMS
Column Type
Height
Travel
Weight
Price
G530 Sport (GIG530)
Rapid
16.9˝
10.2˝
.75 lb.
106.95
G532 Reporter (GIG532)
Rapid
17.9˝
13.3˝
1.2 lb.
124.95
G535 Studex (GIG535)
Geared
18.3˝
11.2˝
2 lbs.
334.95
GITZO
ACCESSORIES
Padded Tripod Bag
These rainproof durable tripod bags have
been designed to carry all sizes of tripods and
heads, and they are built to last. Practical and
stylish, all bags have a zip fastener for quick
and easy access.
Model
Material
Column Type
Height
Weight
Price
G035B (GIG035)
0
Aluminum
Rapid
4.72˝
0.15 lbs
29.95
G1135CB (GIG1135C)
1
Aluminum
Rapid
5.12˝
0.39 lbs
34.95
G1139B (GIG1139)
1
Carbon Fiber
Rapid
5.12˝
0.22 lbs
36.95
G-E10P (GIGE10P)
For Series 0 (20.9˝)...................................82.95
G1239B (GIG1239)
2
Carbon Fiber
Rapid
3.7˝
0.22 lbs
42.95
G1235CB (GIG1235C)
2
Aluminum
Rapid
5.51˝
0.37 lbs
34.95
G-E11P (GIGE11P)
For Series 1 (30.3˝)...................................79.95
G1339B (GIG1339)
3
Carbon Fiber
Rapid
5.9˝
0.26 lbs
49.95
3
Aluminum
Rapid
6.1˝
0.48 lbs
37.95
G-E12P (GIGE12P)
For Series 2 (33.5˝)...................................89.95
G1435B (GIG1435)
4/5
Aluminum
Rapid
5.3˝
0.44 lbs
42.95
G1439B (GIG1439)
5
Carbon Fiber
Rapid
5.9˝
0.31 lbs
54.95
G1335CB (GIG1335C)
G-E13P (GIGE13P)
For Series 3 (38.2˝).................................134.95
G-E15P (GIGE15P)
For Series 5 (45.3˝).................................144.95
G541
Graduated
Right Angle
Bracket
Series 4/5 center columns
can be converted into
lateral arms using the G541
(GIG541) ............................138.95
G1392 Dolly
The Gitzo dolly offers immediate maneuverability, folds easily and has individual locking
wheels. This unit features a camera mounting
screw for floor level shooting.
Max load is 44 lbs. (GIG1392)...........................329.95
Shoes and Spikes
Big Foot
G1586B3 Location Shoe (GIG1586)
Set of 3 for Classic and Mountaineer ......19.95
G1220.130B Big Foot (GIG1220130)
All terrain vibration absorber foot for mud,
snow or sandy surfaces for all Monopods
except the G1560 and G1588....................24.95
G1220.130B3 Big Feet (GIG1220130B3)
Set of 3 of the above Big Foot all terrain
vibration absorber feet..............................59.95
Long
Spike
Location Shoe
XL
Spike
G1220.129B Long Spike (GIG1220129B)
1.5˝ spike for monopods ..........................13.95
G1220.129B3 Long Spikes (GIG1220129B3)
Set of 3 spikes for tripods.........................27.95
G1410.130B Big Foot (GIG1410130)
For G1588 ..................................................24.95
G1220.129LB XL Spike (GIG1220129LB)
4.7˝ extra long spike for a monopod .......46.95
G1410.130B3 Big Feet (GIG1410130B3)
Set of 3 Big Feet for the G1588 ................72.50
G1220.129LB3 XL Spikes (GIG1220129L3)
Set of 3 extra long spikes for a tripod....113.50
Platforms
G-E14P (GIGE140P)
For Series 4 (33.5˝).................................139.95
G1539 Double Platform (GIG1539)
Heavy duty 17˝ platform enables cameras or 2
heads to be mounted at 133⁄4˝ centers to a tripod
column .................................................................................99.95
G1584 Double Platform (GIG1584)
11˝ platform enables cameras or two heads to be
mounted at 8˝ centers to a tripod column .......66.95
G065 Monitor Platform (GIG065)
A 13 x 15.7˝platform which can be fitted to Gitzo
tripods. Safely supports supplementary equipment,
such as monitors, mixers, tape recorders ...........78.50
G1539
Double
Platform
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
461
Series
TRIPODS
Short Columns
Short columns are available for very low angle work.
HAKUBA
BRANNER S5
TRIPODS
Dual-Function Digital Photo Tripod
The Hakuba Branner S5 tripod breaks the mold for lightweight tripods with its new design and look. It sets
the standard for compact recreational tripods featuring translucent body components accented by trendy,
metallic colors. It is ultralight and compact - the perfect tripod for digital and conventional cameras, and
ideal for outdoor/adventure photographers, videographers and backpackers - who truly appreciate the
advantages of a full-featured, compact tripod.
◆
The Branner S5 is equipped with a three-way pan-head, a single handle control,
a “quick-release’ system for digital and 35mm cameras, high-quality cushioned
camera quick shoe, and a geared center column.
◆
Features a locking brace design for added stability, and a braced, five-section
pin-leg design that allows it to achieve a respectable height of 48˝.
Branner S5 Gold (HATBG) .....44.95
Branner S5 Green (HATBGR) .44.95
◆
The tripods panhead platform also flips up to the right
for vertical camera positioning.
◆
The Branner S5 has a folded length of 14.2˝, a minimum
operational height of 14˝, an extended height of 48˝ and
weighs 28.6 oz.
Branner S5 Blue (HATBBL) .....44.95
DTP-3 Digital Table Pod
462
Hakuba’s three-section full/low-angle Digital Table Pod has a
360° angle adjustable panhead and a leg angle adjustment
ring which allows for low angle adjustment. It also features
a three-section leg extension. The compact size makes it an
ideal accessory for digital cameras. Available with ball or
3-way pan head in multiple colors.
CT-8
Compact 8-Section Tripod
Hakuba’s CT-8 is available
in blue, champaign,
gold, green and black
and features a 3-way
pan head. Weighing only
17.6 oz. the tripod’s
folded length is 10.2˝
and it’s maximum extended
height is 40.2˝.
◆ Min/Max Height: 31⁄2 and 11˝ ◆ Folded Length: 6˝ ◆ Weight: 4.2 oz.
DT-3 Table Pod
DTP-3 Champaign Gold (HATPCG) ....19.95
DTP-3 Titanuim Gray (HATPTG) .........19.95
DTP-3 Blue (HATPBL) ...........................19.95
DTP-3 Purple (HATPP) .........................19.95
DTP-3 Pink (HATPPQ) ..........................19.95
DTP-3 Red (HATPR) .............................19.95
DTPH-3 with 3-Way Pan Head
DTPH-3 Champaign Gold (HATPDCG) ......21.95
DTPH-3 Titanuim Gray (HATPDTG) ..........21.95
DTPH-3 Blue (HATPDBL) ............................21.95
DTPH-3 Purple (HATPDP) ..........................21.95
DTPH-3 Pink (HATPDPQ) ...........................21.95
DTPH-3 Red (HATPDR)...............................21.95
Branner S5 Silver (HATBS).....44.95
CT-8 Black (HACT8B) ....................................24.95
CT-8 Blue (HACT8BL) ....................................24.95
CT-8 Green (HACT8G) .................................. 24.95
CT-8 champaign Gold (HACT8GR) ...............24.95
HG Series Carbon Fiber Tripods
with Case & Stone Bag
Hakuba has designed the HG-503MX and HG-504MX with superior magnesium and carbon fiber
construction. These tripods are equipped with a reversible, split center column, rubber feet and have
durable scratch resistant Urethane leg covers. In order to obtain the maximum strenth and lightness,
the yoke is constructed of magnesium alloy. The HG-503MX extends from 11˝ to 70˝ and folds to
26.8˝. The HG-504MX extends from 9.8˝ to 63˝ and folds to 22˝. Both weigh under 4 lbs.
HG-503MX Carbon Fiber 3-Section
Tripod with Case & Stone Bag
HAHG503MX ......................................................289.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
HG-504MX Carbon Fiber 4-Section Tripod
with Case & Stone Bag
HAHG504MX ......................................................299.95
I M PA C T
TRIPODS
Impact tripods are set to meet every possible photo need. Manufactured in the Orient with the original German engineering,
combining the latest in modern technology and quality craftsmanship for the imaging needs of today. All Impact tripods are
covered by a 5-year warranty.
700 Tripod
(IM700)
800 Tripod
TRIPODS
4-section tripod with center brace and 3-way
panhead with quick release and bubble level.
Minimum height is 15.75˝ maximum height is
39.5˝ and 48.25˝ with sliding center column
extended. Folds to a compact 16.75˝. Supports
up to 4 lbs., weighs 30 oz. ...............................29.95
800
820
(IM800)
Same as the 700 except mnimum height is 18˝,
maximum height is 40.5˝ and 52˝ with sliding
center column extended. Folds to a compact
19.25˝. Supports up to 4 lbs., weighs 30 oz. ..24.95
807 Tripod
(IM807)
820 Tripod
463
3-section tripod with center brace and 3-way
panhead with quick release and bubble level.
Geared center column with friction control.
Minimum height is 19˝, maximum height is
50.7˝. Folds to a compact 20˝. Supports up to 6
lbs., weighs 2.6 lbs. ..........................................29.95
FREE
ase
tripod c
tripod
e
iz
-s
w/full
(IM820)
Same as the 807 except minimum height is 21.5˝,
maximum height is 60.75˝. Folded length is 22˝.
Supports up to 8 lbs., weighs 3.2lbs ...............49.95
920 Tripod
2203L Tripod
BS-19
CX-2000
(IM2203L)
The 2203 includes a wonderfully precise 3-way
head and exceptional low-angle shooting abilities.
Geared center column. Minimum height is 9.8˝,
maximum height is 39˝. Folded length is 19˝.
Supports up to 10 lbs., weighs 2.8 lbs ...........69.95
2603 Tripod
807
(IM920)
Same as the 820 except minimum height is 23.5˝,
maximum height is 59˝. Folded length is 25˝.
Supports up to 8 lbs., weighs 4.2lbs ...............79.95
(IM2603)
A well-made tripod at an attractive price, the
2603 operates efficiently with lever locks that are
easy on one’s hands. The adjustable-friction
geared center column allows the mounting of a
tripod head on its bottom for low-angle work.
Minimum height is 23.8˝, maximum height is
61.8˝. Folded length is 25˝. Supports up to 13
lbs., weighs 4.6 lbs ..........................................79.95
CX2000 Table-Top Tripod
(IMCX2000)
A 3-leg section table-top tripod with a 2-way 180° ball-head. 1/4 - 20˝ mounting stud.
4.9˝ minimum operating height, 9.25˝ maximum height, folds to 6˝, weighs 3 oz ........9.95
CX3000 Table-Top Tripod
(IMCX3000)
The ideal tool for table-top, low-angle, and close-up shots. Nicely designed in a two-tone
chrome finish, this tripod will give steady support at all times, and will nicely fit into a
camera bag. The legs come tipped with rubber non-slip tips. 9.25˝ maximum height, folds
to 6˝, weighs 3 oz. Includes pouch case ............................................................................13.95
BS19 Table-Top Tripod
(IMBS19)
A 3-leg section table-top tripod with a 2-way 360° ball-head. 1/4 - 20˝ mounting stud.
5.5˝ minimum operating height, 9.8˝ maximum height, folds to 6.3˝, weighs 3.9 oz ..19.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
LINHOF
TRIPODS
TRIPODS
Only a solid camera support assures maximum image sharpness, thats why Linhof offers the Universal Tripods for loads up to
26.5 lbs. as well as tripod heads and accessories. The tripods are made to the same exacting quality standards and materials as
Linohof cameras. They are respected by demanding photographers the world over, for their outstanding quality, superior
design, immaculate finish, maximum stability and freedom from vibration. Oversized control and locking levers are just some
of the distinguishing fixtures of Linhof tripods. Lightweight construction techniques and the use of only the finest materials,
combined with hard anodizing of all tripod legs and columns, assure absolutely corrosion-proof surfaces and a long service life.
003414 Lightweight Pro Tripod
(LITLWP3S)
3-section tripod with detachable umbrella struts, rapid clamp locks and 35mm
diam. sliding centerpost. Extends to 75˝, folds down to 26˝. Has a built-in spirit
level, convertible feet, metal spikes/rubber tips, and large dual-thread top plate
with 1/4 and 3/8˝ camera screw. Weighs 5.3 lbs ............................................349.50
464
003317 Twin Shank Pro Tripod Expert
(LITE)
2-section tripod with large leg mount collar and twin shank upper leg sections.
Extends to 73˝ folds to 32˝. Removable umbrella struts, convertible feet:
rubber pads /metal spikes. Sliding, reversible center-post with large dual-thread
top plate 1/4˝ and 3/8˝. Extremely rigid, lightweight tripod for professional
requirements. Load capacity 27 lb., weighs 6.5 lb ........................................699.95
UNIVERSAL TRIPODS
Model
003414
003317
Load Capacity
13 lbs.
26.5 lbs.
75˝
73˝
Minimum Usable Height
0
0
Leg Sections
3
2
Center Column Section
2
2
Maximum Extension
Folded Length
Weight
25.6˝ (65cm)
32˝ (81cm)
5.3 lbs. (2.4kg)
6.6 lbs. (3kg)
003414
Lightweight
Pro Tripod
003317
Twin Shank
Pro Tripod
LEVELLING HEADS
003663
3-Way
Levelling
Head I
003663 3-Way Levelling Head I (LILH1)
Combines flexibility and light weight with extremely compact size and maximum stability. Eccentric
locking levers positively secure the camera at any angle. Holds camera with telephoto lenses and view
cameras up to 5x7. Especially suitable for precise camera adjustment in copy work. Tilt motions and
pan rotation lock separately. 77mm diameter top plate with 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ camera screws. 77mm
diameter base plate. Weighs 32 oz.......................................................................................................658.50
003664
Large 1/4˝
Levelling
Head
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
003659 Large 3/8˝ Levelling Head (LILH38L)
Heavy duty head for smooth omni-directional 15° levelling and vibration-free support of heavier
cameras, powerful tele lenses and other optical instruments. 1/4˝ tripod thread and camera screw.
77mm base and top plate. Maximum load capacity 22 lbs. Weighs 16 oz .......................................414.95
003664 Large 1/4˝ Levelling Head (LILH.25L)
Same as the above Levelling Head with a 1/4˝ tripod thread and camera screw ............................357.95
www.bhphotovideo.com
LINHOF
LEVELLING HEADS / BALL HEADS
Universal-Ballhead 01
(LIPBH01)
Universal-Ballhead I
(LIPBH1)
Handy ballhead for 35 mm and medium
format cameras. Load capacity is 7.5 lbs.,
continuous friction. Pan movements
separately locked. Dual-thread 42mm
diameter top plate, 49mm diameter base
plate. Weighs 10 oz., 3.7˝ high..............124.95
Profi Ballhead II
Profi Ballhead II Q
(LIBHP2QF1)
Same as Profi Ballhead II, however, instead of
dual-thread top plate is equipped with built-in
Quickfix I Quick Release and 2.8 x 2˝ quick
release plate. It weighs 26 oz. and is 4.5˝ high.
Additional quick-change camera plates
(003875) are available for working with more
than one camera.......................................319.95
Profi Ballhead III
Profi
Ballhead II
(LIBHP377)
Heavy duty precision ballhead for professional
use. Load capacity is 22 lbs. Calibrated friction
control, oversized locking knobs for secure
positioning without creating camera shifts.
Pan movements separately locked. Dual-thread
77mm diameter top plate, 80mm diameter
base plate. Weighs 2 lb., 4.8˝ high ...........429.95
Universal
Ballhead 01
(LIBHP242)
Medium-sized precision ballhead for professional use. Handles loads up to 17.5 lbs.
Calibrated friction control, oversized locking
knobs for secure positioning without creating camera shifts. Pan movements separately
locked. Dual-thread 42 mm diameter top
plate, 63mm diameter base plate. Weighs 1
lb., 4.3˝ high...........................................274.95
Profi Ballhead III Q
(LIBHP3QF2)
Same as Profi Ballhead III, however, instead of
dual-thread top plate is equipped with built-in
Quickfix II Quick Release and 3.9 x 2˝ quick
release plate. It weighs 2.4 lb. and is 5˝ high.
Additional quick-change camera plates
(LIQRPQF2) are available when working with
more than one camera .............................548.95
Profi
Ballhead III Q
LEVELLING HEADS / BALL HEADS SPECIFICATIONS
Ball Heads
Load Capacity
Height
003681
5 lbs.
3.1˝
Weight
10 oz.
003677
10 lbs.
3.7˝
2.4 lbs.
003676
17.6 lbs.
4.2˝
1.2 lbs.
003679
17.6 lbs.
4.3˝
1.6 lbs.
003675/003680
22 lbs.
5˝
2.8 lbs.
Levelling Heads
Load Capacity
Height
Weight
003659/003664
22 lbs.
2.7˝
1 lb.
003663
11 lbs.
3.5˝
2 lbs.
Profi
Ballhead III
Profi
Ballhead II Q
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
465
The smallest in the Linhof range, ideal for
compact 35mm cameras. Positive tilt lock
with uniform friction over entire tilt range.
42mm diameter top plate, 1/4˝ camera
screw. 3.5 lb. load capacity. 40mm base plate,
1/4˝ tripod thread. It is 3.1˝ high and weighs
9.5 oz ......................................................102.50
TRIPODS
Linhof heads firmly lock in any position. Whether large format, medium format or 35mm cameras, Linhof offers the perfect
head. Both the Levelling Heads and Ball Heads are of all-metal design with extreme load capacities.
Universal Ballheads are Linhof ’s smallest heads supporting up to 5 lbs for the Universal 01 and 10 lbs for the Universal 1.
These heads have no tension control. They have a reversible 1/4 - 3/8˝ thread top plate and have a 3/8˝ threaded socket with a
1/4˝ reducing bushing.
Built for deacdes of professional use, heavy-duty Profi Ballheads have tension control and separate locks for the pan and ball.
They have fully calibrated bases and support heavy equipment. Profi heads are available with either the 1/4 - 3/8˝ thread top
plates or with the Linhof Quickfix quick release system that is auto locking and has a non-twist surface camera plate. Profi II
Ballheads weighs 1 lb. without Quickfix, and 1.7 lb with it, and support systems up to 18 lbs. The Profi III weighs 3 lb without
Quickfix or 3.7 lb with it, and supports systems in the mid 20 lb. range.
MAJESTIC
466
TRIPODS
TRIPODS & GEARHEADS
For more than 50 years, Majestic tripods and gearheads have meant the ultimate in heavy-duty support for demanding
professionals. Majestic tripods are hand-built from aluminum castings and tubing for maximum strength and portability.
Steel or brass is incorporated at critical wear points to assure the long, useful life for which Majestic has always been famous.
All models feature a foldaway crank-operated rack & pinion center column for quick and positive camera height positioning.
Non-skid, rubber feet make certain the tripod stays put. Select factory installed extension legs and/or extension column options
to fit your shooting height needs; an accessory sidearm is available for those really low shots. Finally, choose between a 11⁄2˝ post
mount or the universal 3/8˝ mounting screw to the head of your choice.
6500 Series—
7500 Series—
For most professional photographic applications.
Securely holds cameras weighing up to 30 lbs. The
6500 features a traditional design for setting the legs
wth each double-braced leg individually locked into
a rigid position. Adjustable preset leg stops assure
quick and repeatable setups. The perfect tripod for
those big location jobs.
For maximum leg stability to handle cameras weighing up to 40 lbs.
Six long leg braces placed well below the leg pivot point virtually
eliminate any leg movement to assure rock steady performance. The
sliding center brace sets all legs simultaneously, allowing the 7500
to be opened with one hand. Add casters to the 7500 for the most
convenient, yet stable support system available. Ideal for studio or
field applications.
6500 SERIES TRIPODS
FEATURES
Model
Tripod
Mount
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Height
Folded
Length
Weight
Price
850-01 (MA5001)
6501
3/8˝ screw
49˝
30˝
33˝
6.5 lb.
322.95
850-03 (MA5003)
6502
3/8˝ screw
71˝
32˝
35˝
8.5 lb.
364.95
Spring loaded safety bracket
850-05 (MA5005)
6503
3/8˝ screw
69˝
31˝
34˝
7.5 lb.
416.50
Full-size column locking knob
850-07 (MA5007)
6504
3/8˝ screw
91˝
33˝
36˝
9.5 lb.
458.95
Solid aluminum fold-away crank handle
852-01 (MA5201)
6521
11⁄2˝ post
51˝
32˝
35˝
6.5 lb.
322.95
◆
Thick wall anodized aluminum legs
852-03 (MA5203)
6522
1 ⁄2˝ post
72˝
34˝
37˝
8.5 lb.
364.95
◆
Two heavy-duty braces for each leg
852-05 (MA5205)
6523
11⁄2˝ post
72˝
33˝
36˝
7.5 lb.
416.50
852-07 (MA5207)
6524
11⁄2˝ post
93˝
35˝
38˝
9.5 lb.
458.95
Catalog Number
Model
Tripod
Mount
Maximum
Height
Minimum
Height
Folded
Length
Weight
Price
850-21 (MA5021)
7501
3/8˝ screw
49˝
30˝
33˝
7 lb.
382.50
850-23 (MA5023)
7502
3/8˝ screw
71˝
32˝
35˝
9 lb.
433.50
850-25 (MA5025)
7503
3/8˝ screw
69˝
31˝
34˝
8 lb.
475.95
850-27 (MA5027)
7504
3/8˝ screw
91˝
33˝
36˝
10 lb.
526.95
850-41 (MA5041)
7505
3/8˝ screw
53˝
34˝
37˝
16 lb.
433.50
850-43 (MA5043)
7506
3/8˝ screw
74˝
36˝
39˝
18 lb.
475.95
852-21 (MA5221)
7521
11⁄2˝ post
51˝
32˝
35˝
7 lb.
382.50
852-23 (MA5223)
7522
11⁄2˝ post
72˝
34˝
37˝
9 lb.
433.50
852-25 (MA5225)
7523
1 ⁄2˝ post
72˝
34˝
37˝
9 lb.
475.95
852-27 (MA5227)
7524
11⁄2˝ post
93˝
35˝
38˝
10 lb.
526.95
852-41 (MA5241)
7525
11⁄2˝ post
55˝
36˝
39˝
16 lb.
433.50
852-43 (MA5243)
7526
11⁄2˝ post
76˝
38˝
41˝
18 lb.
475.95
◆
◆
◆
◆
◆
Rugged aluminum body castings
Rack and pinion “Quick-Lift” column
drive
◆ Adjustable, preset
leg stops
◆
Positive individual leg locks
◆
Oversized rubber leg tips
6500 Series
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
7500 Series
Catalog Number
1
7500 SERIES TRIPODS
1
MAJESTIC
TRIPODS & GEARHEADS
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
7
8
2
2
1
2
5
2
2
1
2
8
2
8
1
8
5
8
8
1
2
8
2
KAISER
Kaiser ball heads are among the best in performance and value! Ranging from very
small ball heads (2˝ high) to heavy-duty professional models. The two largest have a
tension control as well as pan and ball locks. Kaiser also makes small ball heads
and tilt mounts for lighting and quick releases.
206013 Small Ballhead (KABHS): For
lighter duty applications. Single locking
knob for ball and pan, 1/4˝-20 size camera
screw, 3/8˝-16 tripod socket with 1/4˝-20
adapter. It has a load capacity of 2.2 lbs., a
height of 2˝, and weighs 1.6 oz .........29.95
206018 Medium Ballhead (KABHM):
Slightly larger than the above ballhead. It
has a load capacity of 4.4 lbs., a height of
2.6˝, and weighs 3.9 oz.......................33.50
206017 Small Pro Ballhead with
Independent Panning Lock (KABHPS): A
lightweight professional ball head, sitting
on a fluid system panoramic base, with a
separate locking knob for the panning
bed. With 1/4˝-20 size camera screw,
3/8˝-16 tripod screw with 1/4˝-20 adapter.
It has a load capacity of 9 lbs., a height of
3.8˝, and weighs 10.6 oz.....................69.95
206011 Medium Pro Ballhead with Independent
Panning Lock (KABHPM): With reversible 1/4˝-20
and 3/8˝-16 camera screw, 3/8˝-16 tripod screw
with 1/4˝-20 adapter. This medium weight
professional ball head has a panoramic base with
2° divisions, a large locking knob, an adjustable
friction brake for fine setting and a separate
panning locking knob. It has a load capacity of 18
lbs., a height of 4.6˝, and weighs 22.9 oz......199.95
206012 Large Pro Ballhead with Independent
Panning Lock (KABHPL): Heavyweight Professional
ballhead. It has a load capacity of 22 lbs., a height
of 5.6˝, and weighs 43 oz...............................239.95
206014 Large Pro Ballhead with Quick-Release
Connector (KABHPLQR): Same as the above 206012
Ballhead, but it has a built-in Pro Quick Release
with two built-in bubble levels, and includes 6026
camera plate. It has a load capacity of 22 lbs., a
height of 5.9˝, and weighs 51.5 oz ................324.95
Small
Ballhead
Medium
Ballhead
Large Pro Ballhead with
Quick-Release Connector
Small Quick Release Adapter
with Plate (KAQRS) ...............................26.95
Large Quick Release Adapter
with Plate (KAQRL) ...............................36.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
467
7
2
TRIPODS
Majestic gearheads are available to fit three different tripod mounts: standard 3/8˝ screw
mount, 11⁄2˝ Majestic post mount and 17⁄8˝ post mount.
A choice of four interchangeable camera platforms are offered to properly support any size
camera. Both 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ camera mounting screws are included with each gearhead.
Designed for
Catalog Number
Model
Tripod Mount
Platform
Price
cameras weighing
810-01 (MA1001)
1001
3/8˝ screw mount
6 x 7˝
279.95
up to 35 lbs., the
810-03 (MA1003)
1003
3/8˝ screw mount
6 x 4⁄˝
279.95
camera platform
810-05 (MA1005)
1005
3/8˝ screw mount
3 x 3⁄˝
279.95
tilts forward 90° and
810-07 (MA1007)
1007
3/8˝ screw mount
4 ⁄ ˝ round
279.95
back 30° by simply
812-01 (MA1201)
1201
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
6 x 7˝
269.95
turning the crank on
812-03 (MA1203)
1203
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
6 x 4⁄˝
269.95
the rear of the gearhead. Smooth meshing metal worm
812-05 (MA1205)
1205
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
3 x 3⁄˝
269.95
gearing holds the camera securely in place at any
812-07 (MA1207)
1207
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
4 ⁄ ˝ round
269.95
position. The platform can also be manually tilted up
819-01 (MA1901)
1901
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
6 x 7˝
269.95
to 15° left or right. All heads can be rotated 360° on
819-03 (MA1903)
1903
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
6 x 4⁄˝
269.95
the tripod mount with the camera attached, making
819-05 (MA1905)
1905
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
3 x 3⁄˝
269.95
the Majestic Gearhead the most versatile heavy
819-07 (MA1907)
1907
1 ⁄ ˝ post mount
4 ⁄ ˝ round
269.95
support system available.
MANFROTTO
468
TRIPODS
DIGI TRIPODS
Manfrotto offers one of the widest range of tripods, heads and accessories for digital applications around the world. Their
products are packed with well thought out features that make each piece of equipment easy to use and as versatile as possible.
All tripods are carefully designed to optimize the critical balance between weight for portability, maximum and minimum
height for low level as well as high level camera shooting, loading capacity and sturdiness. All models are engineered for
reliability, vibration resistance, and long life. The wide choice of precision-built heads makes it easy to exactly match the need.
Tripod heads are interchangeable for maximum versatility and economy. Heads and accessories are universal. You can be sure
of outstanding images, whether in the studio or on location, with Manfrotto’s well-proven equipment to support you.
709BR Digi Tabletop
714B Digi Tripod
(BO709BR)
(BO714B)
Lightweight and compact,
these 4-section table-top
tripods are perfect for a
wide range of digital
photographic
applications.
Developed
to maximize the
superior imaging capabilities
and versatility of today’s compact digital
cameras, the 709 series Digi-Table Tops sets up in
seconds to form an exceptionally stable shooting
platform that can be used virtually anywhere,
indoors or out. It sports a handsome bright
aluminum finish and comes complete with a silkysmooth Manfrotto Mini Ball Head providing 360°
pan and ± 90° tilt. A convenient belt-loop carrying
pouch is also available for it............................30.95
The most compact, full-size tripod in the Manfrotto range, the
714B is ideal for compact digital cameras. Although compact,
Manfrotto was careful not to compromise stability for size and
weight reduction. The incredibly short folded length of just
over 17˝ was achieved with two engineering breakthroughs.
First, the leg pivot was re-designed with a unique single
hinge allowing the leg to fold shorter than conventional
designs. Secondly, an integral ballhead is recessed into the
main shoulder casting for transport.
709B Digi Table Top (BO709B):
Same as above in Black finish .........................30.95
714SHB Digi Tripod: Same as above with a shorter center column and folded length of
just under 14˝ (BO714SHB) ...............................................................................................84.95
This compact ballhead allows a preset but adjustable tension to be set so that all you have to do is point and shoot.
No more locking off handles before you take that shot! This
adjustment is done with a handle found on the bottom of
the column, set it for your camera and forget it, then just
aim and shoot. If you want to lock it down, just turn the
handle further and it will lock off the head. The 714B also
features quick-action leg locks for fast set-up and breakdown, and an innovative three
faceted center column design prevents any column rotation. Includes a bag that sports
twin shoulder straps for backpack-style carrying .........................................................84.95
718B/718SHB Digi-Tripods
The compact 718B and 718SHB have a built-in hybrid video/photo 3-way
head. The 718B has longer leg sections for greater extended height (48.5˝).
The both have a “dovetail” quick release camera plate (which can be
locked in place one-handed), separate pan and tilt locks, and a short
pan/tilt bar for more ergonomic use while panning or tracking moving
subjects. Like the 714SHB, the 718SHB is an extremely compact 4-section
tripod with a short 15.9˝ folded length that will fit in your luggage with
space left over.
On both 718B and 718SHB, the leg pivot system uses a unique single hinge
design in aluminum which both keeps the cross section smaller and allows
the leg to fold shorter than conventional tripods. The tripods are built
with “D” profile tubular legs for extra torsional rigidity and quick flip leg
locks for ease and speed of set-up. A quick action lever also blocks the
reversible center column extension. The 718B and 718SHB come complete
with a carrying bag with twin shoulder straps for backpack style carrying.
718SHB Digi Tripod
718B Digi Tripod (BO718B) ....................................................................94.95
718SHB Compact Digi Tripod (BO718SHB) ..........................................94.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
718B Digi Tripod
MANFROTTO
DIGI TRIPODS
724B Digi-Tripod
728B Digi-Tripod
(BO724B)
(BO728B)
724B
728B
Each of the
Manfrotto
Digi Tripods
include a
super
convenient
carry bag
that sports
twin shoulder
straps for
backpackstyle carrying.
Maximum Load
Maximum Height
Maximum Height with Column
Minimum Height
Closed Length
Weight
709B/BR
4.5 lbs
3.54˝
N/A
N/A
6.69˝
.2 lbs
714B
5.5 lbs
64.2˝
52.4˝
16˝
17.3˝
2.5 lbs
714SHB
5.5 lbs
38.3˝
47.8˝
12.8˝
13.8˝
2.22 lbs
718B
5.5 lbs
54.9˝
65.5˝
18.7˝
19.3˝
3.09 lbs
718SHB
5.5 lbs
41.2˝
48.5˝
15.6˝
15.9˝
2.74 lbs
724B
7.7 lbs
52˝
64.5˝
18.5˝
20˝
3.1 lbs
728B
7.7 lbs
52.4˝
64.8˝
19.1˝
20.3˝
3.86 lbs
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
469
Ideally suited for compact digital
cameras, the 728B is a 4-section tripod
that provides a stable platform for rock
steady shots. Lightweight and compact,
the legs are constructed of sturdy
multi-faceted tubular aluminum that
features new quick flip lever leg locks
for fast set-up and breakdown. The
shoulder of the tripod is made of cast
aluminum to increase rigidity, and it
incorporates a unique single hinge
design which allows for a more compact
leg section when folded. The center
column is also reversible for low-angle
shots, and the integrated 3-way head is
also made of cast aluminum and features a quick release plate. Pan and tilt
movements are extremely smooth to
allow for clean video pans and tilts, and
a carry bag that sports twin shoulder
straps for backpack-style carrying is also
included .........................................112.95
TRIPODS
Designed for today’s digital and conventional
cameras, this lightweight and compact tripod
offers all the rock steady support necessary
for high quality imaging. Handsome black
anodized legs and black painted castings
reveal a tripod with features and an
unbeatable price.
The Digi 724B is a lightweight marvel that
can meet any shooting need. It includes an
aluminum ball head with a single “ratchet”
locking lever as well as quick-action leg locks
for fast set-up and breakdown. Ideal for fitting into luggage, four section tripod legs
permit a folded length of just 19˝. Once on
location, the 724B extends to 5´ 8˝. It weighs
3-lbs, and can support digital cameras up to
7.7 lbs. In addition, the innovative three
faceted center column design prevents any
column rotation and is reversible for lowangle shots. A carry bag that sports twin
shoulder straps for backpack-style carrying is
also included.............................................98.95
MANFROTTO
470
TRIPODS
NEOTEC
You’re on an outdoor shoot running up against a tight deadline to get all the images
you need; you’ve got no assistants getting your equipment ready for you; if you shoot
handheld, you’re going to be forced to select from a dwindling number of sharp photos
as well as spend more time in post-production, but getting your tripod open, set up
and levelled is going to take up precious moments of the remaining perfect light...
sound familiar? So what would you give to have equipment that was on your side
in crucial moments like that? The NeoTec tripod is awesomely fast and easy to use,
with the most innovative rapid opening and closing mechanism available today - just
pull each leg downwards to open and automatically lock it in any position - with no
screws, knobs or levers to tighten or loosen. Then to fold it back up again, press the
mechanism release button and push the leg closed. All in a matter of seconds.
◆
NeoTec rapid opening and closing mechanism
◆
◆
Two-part center column switches between normal and
low-angle work, without forcing you to remove camera
and head every time you need to change position
Four set leg angle
(25°, 43°, 73° and 90°) positions for
a solid footing at any height
◆
◆
Leg lock release button for closing the
tripod or shortening each leg for perfect positioning
Includes a detachable carrying
handle, which can also be used to
support a counterweight
◆
Patented top casting allows horizontal setting of the
center column for un usual angles and macro work
◆ Waterproof
up to 18˝as the bottom
leg section is sealed
Pull each leg downwards to open
and it automatically locks in any
position -with no screws, knobs or
levers to tighten or loosen.
458B NeoTec Pro Photo Tripod (BO458B)
3-section tripod weighs 5.3 lbs., supports
up to 17.6 lbs., extends to 61.4˝, minimum
height is 3.9˝, closes to 25.2˝ ...........299.95
Press the mechanism release button
and push the leg upwards. Release
at any intermediate point to lock
the leg, or push it all the way up to
close.
Manfrotto’s design team consciously ignored how most tripods work and thought instead about how a tripod should work, beginning with
how easily and quickly it should be set up or how effortlessly it should close. At the heart of NeoTec lies an innovative mechanism which,
hidden safely inside the leg and without any external levers or knobs, pushes outwards on the tubing to lock the leg in place at any extension. The mechanism exerts more locking power the heavier the weight pushing down on it from above. Beyond the extreme ease of use it
offers you, NeoTec is also a workhorse tool for professional photographers - offering stable and strong support that can take the strain of
constant use and safely bear the load of professional camera equipment. But it doesn’t stop there, it also includes a built-in low angle
adapter for the times when the center column length gets in your way, and a convenient handle for more comfortable carrying.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
MANFROTTO
TRIPODS
3011N
Basic Tripod
Lightweight, compact and sturdy, this
tripod is ideal for people on the move.
Features 4-position leg angle settings
(25°, 43°, 73°, 90°) for ease of leveling.
A variable height, reversible center
column with innovative three-faceted
design eliminates column rotation.
Adjustable 3-section telescopic legs
come with sure grip wing knob locks
for secure locking. The optional
190LLA Low Angle Adapter stores on
the bottom of the center column for
convenience. Maximum height is 46.5˝
and 57˝ with column extended. Folds
to a compact 21˝. Weighs 3.7 lbs. and
supports up to 11 lbs.
BO3001N ..........................................89.95
BO3001BN (Black) ............................92.95
Lightweight, sturdy, portable and easy to handle,
this basic tripod is one of the easiest to handle.
Designed for SLR-type film and digital cameras,
it offers a long reversible center column for
extra high adjustment with an innovative three
faceted design that eliminates the problem of
column rotation. It features a single-position
leg spread, and leg collars with double wing
locking knob. Maximum height is 54˝ (71.3˝
with center column extended). Minimum
height is 22˝ and it folds to 24˝. Weighs 4.9 lbs.
and can support up to 13 lbs.
BO3011N......................................................104.95
BO3011BN (Black) ........................................106.95
3001N
3021N
3001D
Professional Tripod
3001 PRO
3021N
3021 PRO
3001 PRO
Professional Tripod
Lightweight Tripod
Even more versatile, this tripod has an
easily removed center column that can
be used horizontally or vertically. The
column converts to an arm in seconds,
providing tabletop and overhead
camera positions that are impossible
with standard tripods. The center
column design also allows you to leave
the head mounted when switching
between low angle and normal shooting.
Minimum height is 8.3˝. Tripod
includes foam rubber leg warmers on
two legs, plus has a built-in spirit level.
BO3001P ........................................124.95
BO3001PB (Black)...........................122.95
Features rapid action lever leg locks with just
45° movement for fast setup and added security,
a variable height and reversible center column
with three-faceted design that eliminates
column rotation. It feature 4-position leg angle
settings (26°, 45°, 75°, 90°) and a low-angle
adapter built into the center column for low
level shots — only 3.1˝ from ground level.
Includes foam rubber leg warmers on two legs
to protect your hands in cold weather, and your
body when carrying the tripod on your shoulder.
Maximum height is 53˝ (70˝ with center
column extended). Folds to 24˝. Weighs 5.1 lbs.
and can support up to 15.4 lbs.
BO3021N......................................................139.95
BO3021BN ...................................................136.95
3021 PRO
Same as the 3021N but even more versatile!
With a center column designed as an alternative
to the low-angle adapter, the head can be left
mounted to the column when switching
between low angle and normal shooting. In
addition, the easily removeable center column
doubles as a horizontal arm. Not only does this
allow the camera to be offset from leg position,
but it provides the simplest way possible to
shoot from directly overhead. The top section
of the center column is detached by simply
unscrewing the knob at the bottom of the
column. Includes foam rubber leg warmers on
two legs to protect your hands and body.
BO3021P ......................................................149.95
BO3021PB ....................................................146.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
471
3001D
Lightweight Tripod
Same as 3001N plus speedy setup with
added security when it’s quick-action,
lever-type legs lock into position. It also
has a low-angle adapter built into the
center column for ground level shots.
Minimum height is 3.1˝. Includes foam
rubber leg warmers on two legs to
protect your hands in cold weather,
and your body when carrying the tripod on your shoulder.
BO3001D ........................................114.95
BO3001BD (Black) ..........................110.95
TRIPODS
3001N
Lightweight Tripod
MANFROTTO
TRIPODS
472
TRIPODS
190MF & 055MF MagFiber Tripods
055MF3
The revolutionary MagFiber tripods combine the strength of magnesium and
carbon fiber. Each leg is crafted from carbon fiber using an exclusive process.
Under intense pressure, extra long carbon fibers are combined with resin to
produce a stronger tube that absorbs more vibration than any other tripod in its
class; all with a wall thickness of only 1.2mm. Manfrotto engineers also replaced
all aluminum tripod components with die-cast magnesium. This switch
represents a lateral move in sturdiness yet a substantial gain in strength and
reduction of weight by 30% over similar sized aluminum models.
◆ Carbon
fiber three-faced tubes for the
tripod legs; aluminum and nylon polymer
center column. Magnesium die-casting
(30% lighter than aluminum) for all tripod
parts and stainless steel nuts and bolts
◆ Quick-action adjustable leg lever locks
instantly secure leg extensions firmly in
place with no slippage or rotation
◆ Push buttons to operate leg angles to offer
four angle of inclination
◆ Center column converts in seconds to a
lateral arm to provide table-top and
overhead camera positions.
◆ Two-part
center column switches between
normal and low-angle work without having
to remove the camera and head everytime
you need to change position.
◆ Built-in low-angle adapter (easily detaches
without any tool) forms the top section of
the center column. This enables the head
to be left mounted on the center column
when switching between low-angle and
normal shooting positions.
◆ Supplied hand padded carrying strap doubles
as a hook to hang weight and increase
stability during extreme wind conditions.
190MF4
190MF3 (BO190MF3): 3-section tripod weighs 3.5 lbs., supports up to 8.8 lbs., extends to 56˝, minimum height is 4.3˝, closes to 22˝...................249.95
190MF4 (BO190MF4): 4-section tripod weighs 3.5 lbs., supports up to 8.8 lbs., extends to 51.6˝, minimum height is 4.3˝, closes to 18.1˝.............264.95
A ’beefier’ tripod to the 190MF series, the 055MF3 and 055MF4 are very light, simple to use, strong, and extremely versatile to position.
055MF3 (BO055MF3): 3-section tripod weighs 4.4 lbs., supports up to 15.4 lbs., extends to 66.5˝, minimum height is 4.3˝, closes to 25.2˝..........299.95
055MF4 (BO055MF4): 4-section tripod weighs 4.4 lbs., supports up to 15.4 lbs., extends to 65˝, minimum height is 4.3˝, closes to 21.3˝ ..............324.95
475 Pro Geared Column Tripod
475 Pro Geared
Column Tripod
The 475 Pro Geared Tripod offers an all aluminum construction, unrivalled
stability, a unique center brace strut system, reliable quick-action leg locks,
non-rollback three faceted center column, a spirit level and rubber/metal
spiked feet. The 475 has a center brace system that can be operated in a
symmetric or asymmetric way. This allows the best of both worlds: speed
by locking the braces so that all of the legs will be spread to the same angle,
or by individually setting the angle of each leg for the ultimate in tripod
positioning.
To avoid annoying delays in leveling the tripod, the telescopic center braces
have been designed with two “click stop” positions that allow you to easily
find the same spread angle on all three legs. The 475 also incorporates Quick
Action leg locks, which have an amazingly quick and secure locking range.
All it takes is a 45° flip of the lever to lock and unlock each section.
475 Chrome Tripod (BO475)..............249.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
475B Black Tripod (BO475B) .............231.95
MANFROTTO
TRIPODS
3046 Geared Column Tripod
Strong, sturdy and reliable, the 3046 tripod is the ideal studio tripod. The geared
center column has a non roll-black feature and has a threaded 3/8˝ mount on the
bottom of the column to allow low-angle shots. Twin shark leg design, built-in spirit
level and rubber feet with retractable spikes are standard. Uses a center column strut
design for added stability.
3046 Chrome Tripod (BO3046) ....................................................................................196.95
3246 Black Tripod (BO3046B) .......................................................................................211.95
3046 Black
Tripod (3246)
TRIPODS
3051 Geared Column Tripod
3051 Black
Tripod (3251)
3058 Geared Column Tripod
The tallest tripod in the range, the 3058 is capable of providing a stable
platform for cameras up to 44 lbs. at maximum height of almost 9´ (105.2˝).
On the other hand this giant is also capable of a minimum height of just over 17˝.
The geared center column is self locking. The legs are braced using telescopic structs
for maximum rigidity and the ability to have individually adjustable and lockable
angles. Rubber feet with retractable spiked feet and spirit level are standard
equipment. Ideal for all large format cameras.
3058 Chrome Tripod (BO3058) ....................................................................................379.95
3258 Black Tripod (BO3058B) .......................................................................................439.95
3058 Black
Tripod (3258)
3001/3011/3021 TRIPODS
3001N/D
Description
Maximum
Load Capacity
Maximum Height with
Extended Center Column
Minimum
Height
Closed
Length
Weight
Anodized Aluminum
11.1 lbs.
57.1˝
6.7˝
20.9˝
3.9 lbs.
3001PRO
Anodized Aluminum
11.1 lbs.
57.1˝
8.3˝
22.1˝
4.2 lbs.
3011N
Anodized Aluminum
13.3 lbs.
71.3˝
22.1˝
24.1˝
4.9 lbs.
3021N
Anodized Aluminum
13.3 lbs.
70.1˝
3.2˝
24.1˝
5.1 lbs.
3021PRO
Anodized Aluminum
13.3 lbs.
69.3˝
4.4˝
25.6˝
5.3 lbs.
475/3046/3051/3058 GEARED COLUMN TRIPODS
Description
Maximum
Load Capacity
Maximum Height with
Extended Center Column
Minimum
Height
Closed
Length
Weight
Aluminum
26.5 lbs.
74˝
17˝
31.5˝
9.5 lbs.
3046
Anodized Aluminum
26.5 lbs.
89.4˝
30.4˝
32.3˝
9.2 lbs.
3051
Anodized Aluminum
26.5 lbs.
85.5˝
17.4˝
37.1˝
13.6 lbs.
3058
Anodized Aluminum
44.1 lbs.
105.1˝
17.4˝
41.4˝
17.5 lbs.
475 Pro
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
473
Handling everything up to 4 x 5˝, this tripod is capable of extremely low camera
position with the platform at only 17˝, yet has the ability to go up and stand over 7´.
Features patented automatic simultaneous release of all three legs or any individual
leg. This permits the legs to be extended, the tripod levelled (spirit level included)
and locked in seconds without the need for individual leg adjustment. Closing the
legs is achieved by activating the same release. Also has the ability to adjust all angles
individually and secure them with Manfrotto telescopic struts. Rubber feet with
retractable spiked feet are standard. The geared center has a non-rollback feature.
3051 Chrome Tripod (BO3051) ....................................................................................266.95
3251 Black Tripod (BO3051B) .......................................................................................279.95
MANFROTTO
MONOPODS
474
TRIPODS
The monopod is an underestimated means of photographic support. It is inexpensive, light to carry, takes little space, and is
easy and fast to erect. Handled correctly, it supplies all the camera support you are likely to need, even for long lenses. Just look
at the press and sports photographers—these pros wouldn’t bother with them if they didn’t get results.
676B Digi
4-Section Monopod
A simple, easy to set up
black anodized aluminum
monopod. The four section
leg design allows it to fold
up to less than 20˝, and it
weighs less than a pound. It
features rapid-action flip
locks for the leg extensions,
strap, and a 1/4-20˝ screw.
676B Black (BO676B).....34.95
679 3-Section
Monopod
3-section monopod with
sure-rubber grip, quick
action lock levers, large 2.3˝
camera/head platform and
dual 1/4 - 20˝ and 3/8˝
camera screw. Quick-Action
lever lock system with 45°
flip allows the sections to be
quickly set-up and adjusted.
679 Chrome (BO679) ....39.95
679B Black (BO679B) ..37.205
680 4-Section
Compact Monopod
Rubber grip, quick action
lock levers, large 60mm
camera/head platform and
1/4 - 20˝ and 3/8˝ camera
fixing screw. Closes to 20˝.
Quick-Action lever lock
system with 45° flip allows
the sections to be quickly
set-up and adjusted.
680 Chrome (BO680) ....49.95
680B Black (BO680B).....46.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
684B Neotec Pro
Monopod
A fast and easy monopod, with the
most innovative rapid opening and
closing mechanism available today.
Just pull the leg downwards to open
and automatically lock in any
position. No screws, knobs or levers
to tighten or loosen. To close it back
up again, press the release button
and push the leg closed in a matter of
seconds. Its mechanism exerts more
locking power the heavier the weight
pushing down on it from above. Its
“upside down” construction stops the
water you’re standing in from ending up
inside the monopod.
684B Black (BO684B) .............................99.95
694/695
MagFiber Monopods
Mag Fiber monopods combine
the strength of magnesium and
carbon fiber. Extremely compact,
they are crafted from carbon fiber
using an exclusive, patented
process. Under intense pressure,
extra long carbon fibers are
combined with resin to produce a
stronger tube that absorbs more
vibration - and with a wall
thickness of only 1.2mm!
Manfrotto engineers also replaced all
aluminum components with magnesium.
They are user-friendly, with quick-action
adjustable lever locks that instantly secure
leg extensions in place with no slippage or
rotation. They come with a wrist strap and
camera platform with dual 1/4˝ and 3/8˝
camera fixing screw. The 4-section 694 has
a maximum height of 65˝ and closes to
20.9˝. The 5-section 695 has a maximum
height of 63˝ and closes to 18.1˝.
694 4-Section (BO694) ........................161.95
695 5-Section (BO695) ........................188.95
681 Professional
Monopod
Robust 3-section monopod
with a sure rubber grip, wrist
carrying strap, large 2.3˝
platform with plastic cover
and dual 1/4-20˝ - 3/8˝
camera screw. Quick-Action
lever lock system with 45° flip
allows sections to be quickly
set-up and adjusted.
681 Chrome (BO681) ........47.95
681B Black (BO681B) ........45.95
682 Self-Standing
Pro Monopod
The 682 has all same
features as the 681
Professional Monopod with
the addition of 3 retractable
legs. The three-section 682
monopod features a large
2.3˝ platform with a
plastic cover and a dual
1/4-20˝ - 3/8˝ camera screw.
682 Chrome (BO682) ....92.95
682B Black (BO682B).....82.90
3245 Automatic
3-Section Monopod
The upper section features a
grip-action release that allows
the top section to be adjusted
19˝ up or down automatically
by squeezing and releasing the
grip-action handle.
The lower two sections have
a twist lock action for height
adjustment. Dual 1/4 - 20˝
and 3/8˝ camera fixing screw.
3245 Chrome (BO3245)....83.95
MANFROTTO
MONOPODS
3232 Swivel Tilt Head (BO3232)
Simple tilt head to allow a camera on a
monopod to be turned 90° to provide either
vertical or horizontal format ..................17.95
3248 Shoulder Brace (BO3248)
Fits the top end of any monopod to give
additional stability. Adjustable length with
pivoting shoulder support ......................17.95
449SC2 Suction Cup/Retractable
Spike Foot (BO449SC2)
A rubber suction cup foot with retractable
stainless steel spike. The suction cup increases the footprint of the monopod by almost
20 times, giving much greater stability when
needed. The foot can be removed and
replaced at will. For the 3449..................28.95
3422 Monopod Support (BO3422)
Fixed on the monopod, adds two points of
support making it stable on any surface
regardless of the inclination. Allows long
exposures on automatic release. Comes
complete with the 3009 ballhead. Attachment
- 3/8˝ female for monopod.....................45.00
3421 Long Lens Monopod Bracket (BO3421)
Specifically developed for use with very long
lenses on monopods. Key features: friction
base which enables the bracket to pan on
monopod, also can be used on a tripod.
Two rubber hand grips plus rubber
protection to prevent damage to lens when
tilted to maximum. Variable center height
adjustment in three steps......................154.95
3229
Swivel Head
678
Folding Base
3257 Spiked Foot for Monopod (BO3257)
Converts 679, 680 and 681 series monopods
rubber foot to a spiked foot....................14.95
3247 Monopod Belt Pouch (BO3247)
Worn on a belt, this easy to use pouch offers
support for the base of a monopod .......14.95
449SPK2 Rubber/Stainless Steel
Spiked Foot (BO449SP2)
Reversible spiked foot supplied with a
dedicated fixing tool. The spike is made of a
special hard stainless steel alloy extremely
resistant to corrosion. For 3449..............17.95
3247 Belt Pouch
3422 Monopod
Support
676SP2 Rubber/Stainless Steel
Spiked Foot (BO676SP2)
Same as the above spiked foot, but for
monopods 679 and 680 ..........................17.50
677SC Foot
MANFROTTO
677SP Rubber/Spiked Foot (BO677SP)
Rubber foot for with retractable metal spike,
for monopods 679, 680 and 681.............16.95
677SC Suction Cup/Retractable
Spike Foot (BO677SC)
A rubber suction cup foot with retractable
stainless steel spike for the 681 monopod.
The suction cup increases the footprint of
the monopod by almost 20 times, giving
much greater stability when needed. The foot
can be removed and replaced at will......28.95
MONOPODS
Sections
Minimum Height
Maximum Height
Weight
Load Capacity
676B
4
18.9˝
60.6˝
14.1 oz.
10 lbs.
679/679B
3
25.2˝
63.8˝
1.3 lbs.
22 lbs.
680/680B
4
20˝
60.6˝
1.8 lbs.
22 lbs.
681/681B
3
26.4˝
63.4˝
1.7 lbs.
26.4 lbs.
682/682B
3
29.1˝
67.7˝
2.4 lbs.
26.4 lbs.
684B
3
27.9˝
65.6˝
1.6 lbs.
17.6 lbs.
694
4
20.9˝
65˝
1.3 lbs.
11 lbs.
695
5
18.1˝
63˝
1.3 lbs.
11 lbs.
3245
3
26.7˝
65.4˝
1 lbs.
17.6 lbs.
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
475
678 Universal Folding Base (BO678)
Allows the addition of a base made of three
foldable high strength steel legs to the
monopods 679, 680, and 681. The legs can be
folded and stored inside the bottom section
of the monopod ready in a few seconds
when needed............................................42.50
676SC2 Suction Cup/Retractable
Spike Foot (BO676SC2)
Same as above for the 679 and 680 ........23.95
TRIPODS
3229 Swivel Tilt Head
with Quick Release (BO3229)
Same as 3232 but with quick release camera
plate and secondary safety lock ..............29.95
677SP2 Rubber/Stainless Steel
Spiked Foot (BO677SP2)
Same as above, for 681 monopod ..........16.95
MANFROTTO
BALL HEADS
Manfrotto’s comprehensive range of ball heads offer smooth movement and positioning of the camera, 360° panning movement
plus 90° tilt, positive locking and quick release camera plate on some heads. Ball heads are favored over 3D heads when speed
and compact size is important.
486 Compact Ball Head
Same as the 486 but equipped with a 3157N
quick-release camera plate.
BO486RC2 .........................................................61.95
▲
484 Mini
Ball Head
488 Midi Ball Head
486RC2
Compact
Ball Head
With solid aluminum construction and phenolic
resin ball, the 488 head has a maximum load of
17.6 lbs. Has a double-groove for rapid side-toside movement, and a separate fast-action ratchet
lever for 360° pan and easy grip locking knob for
±90° tilt movements. 2˝ camera platform with a
1/4-20˝ male thread.
BO488 ................................................................78.90
▲
488RC0 Midi Ball Head
▲
Designed with the SLR photographer in mind, the 484 Mini Ball
Head features a strong die-cast
construction, precision machined
aluminum housing, and an
extremely hard phenolic resin ball
which provides smoother movements across all tilt positions. The
double-groove also makes this head
extremely versatile, and the single
ratchet control lever securely locks
both the ±90° ball and 360° pan
movements. Camera attachment is
via a 2˝ platform with a 1/4-20˝
male thread, and head to tripod
attachment is 3/8˝ female.
Maximum load is 8.8 lb.
BO484 ..........................................37.95
486 Compact
Ball Head
484RC2 Mini
Ball Head
484RC2
Mini Ball Head
www.bhphotovideo.com
Same as the 488 but equipped with a 3049 quickrelease camera plate with a secondary safety catch
and two spirit levels for precise levelling on both
vertical or horizontal axis. It features a separate
fast action ratchet lever for 360° pan and an easy
to grip locking knob for ±90° tilt movements.
BO488RCO ........................................................95.95
488RC2 Midi Ball Head
▲
488RC0 Midi
Ball Head
Same as the 488 but with a 3157N quick-release
camera plate with a secondary safety catch.
Features a separate fast action ratchet lever for
360° pan and an easy to grip locking knob for
±90° tilt movements.
BO488RC2 .........................................................95.95
488RC4 Midi Ball Head
▲
Same as the 484, except this versatile
head is fitted with a 3157N
quick-release camera plate with a
secondary safety catch. This head is
perfect for 35mm SLR cameras with
medium lenses, and light medium
format cameras. Incorporates a
spring-loaded, retractable dual
thread (both 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝) for
your camera and tripod mount, and
features single lever operation. It
accepts a maximum load of 8.8 lbs.
BO484 ..........................................51.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Compact, yet strong enough to support heavier
camera loads. Strong die-cast construction,
precision machined aluminum housing, and an
extremely hard phenolic resin ball provides
smooth movements across all tilt positions. Has a
single ratchet locking knob for 360° pan and a
double groove for ±90° tilt movements. Camera
attachment is via a 2˝ platform with a 1/4-20˝
thread. 13.2 lb. maximum load.
BO486 ................................................................53.95
486RC2 Compact Ball Head
▲
476
484 Mini Ball Head
482 Micro
Ball Head
▲
TRIPODS
482 Micro Ball Head
Designed for use with small,
compact cameras. The aluminum
housing and extremely hard resin
ball provides smooth movement.
A single control lever locks the ball
and pan movements. Ideal for the
3007 table top tripod, car window
clamp 3293 or 3287 monopods and
Super Clamp 2915 combined with
2907 adapter. Supplied with a large
50mm camera platform. 4.4 lb.
maximum load.
BO482 ..........................................31.95
488RC2 Midi
Ball Head
Same as the 488 but with a 3271 quick-release
camera plate with a secondary safety catch and
two spirit levels for precise levelling on both
vertical or horizontal axis.
BO488RC4 .........................................................95.00
MANFROTTO
BALL HEADS
▲
490 Maxi Ball Head
490RC4 Maxi Ball Head
3265 Grip Action Ball Head
▲
In addition, they each feature an independent
pan and tilt lock with 360° pan movement
and ±90° tilt movement. The body of each
head is constructed in magnesium die casting
with a 2˝ Teflon coated aluminum ball,
enabling smoother camera movements.
468MG: Weighs 1.4 lbs and has a maximum
load of 35.3 lbs. (BO468MG) ....................269.95
468MGRC0: With RCO Rapid Connect
System, weighs 1.9 lbs and has a maximum
load of 35.3 lbs. (BO468MGRC0)...............299.95
468MGRC3
Hydrostatic Ball Head
468MGRC2: With RC2 Rapid Connect
System, weighs 1.4 lbs and has a maximum
load of 22 lbs. (BO468MGRC2)..................279.95
468MGRC3: With RC3 Rapid Connect
System, weighs 1.8 lbs and has a maximum
load of 35.3 lbs. (BO468MGRC3)...............311.95
▲
In addition, mount the 322RS remote control
electronic camera shutter release, and the 322RC2
puts camera control within reach without having
to move your hand from the head grip to the
camera body.
BO322RC2 .......................................................104.95
468MGRCO
Hydrostatic Ball Head
▲
Take the versatility of a ball head, add true
ergonomic control and you get the 322RC2. The
revolutionary design of the 322RC2 allows you to
unblock, move, position and lock your camera
with one hand in one position. A friction control
wheel lets you regulate the power of the blocking
mechanism to match the weight of your camera
and lens. The 322RC2 is made from magnesium
for lightweight performance, and is designed to
keep the weight of your equipment as close as
possible to the tripod's center of gravity by way of
its reduced height. Includes a built-in bubble
spirit level and quick release camera plate (1/4 20˝ screw, with secondary safety pin). Load
capacity is 11 lbs (5.5 lbs in the vertical position).
▲
322RC2 Horizontal
Grip Action Ball Head
The camera and head move in unison with
no headway effect during the locking phase.
The heads also have a calibrated, adjustable
tension control allowing the ball tension to
be preset for various camera weights.
468MGRC5
Hydrostatic Ball Head
468MGRC4: With RC4 Rapid Connect
System, weighs 1.6 lbs and has a maximum
load of 35.3 lbs. (BO468MGRC4)...............307.95
468MGRC5: With RC5 Rapid Connect
System, weighs 1.6 lbs and has a maximum
load of 26.5 lbs. (BO468MGRC5)...............309.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
477
▲
322RC2 Grip
Action Ball Head
468MG
Hydrostatic Ball Head
The 468MG Hydrostatic Ball Head range
features an unmatched advanced friction and
locking mechanism. Just a slight turn of the
locking knob applies enough pressure to
firmly hold the camera. When it’s time to
move the camera, it’s just as easy to unlock,
and with adjustable friction set, your camera
will never get away from you.
These heads incorporate an advanced ball
locking mechanism using hydrostatic action.
Based on principles of modern hydraulics
where force that is applied at one point is
transmitted to another point using an
incompressible fluid, the locking process is
improved using a special liquid inserted in
the internal chamber. When pressure is
applied, the liquid blocks the movement of
the ball. Because the force exerted by the liquid
is more constant and evenly distributed,
locking power is dramatically improved.
Same as the 490 but equipped with a 3271 quickrelease camera plate with a secondary safety catch
and two spirit levels for precise levelling on both
vertical or horizontal axis.
BO490RC4 .......................................................178.95
Versatile, quick and easy to use. Just grip the handle and you can position your camera anywhere
within a 180˚ sphere. Supplied with a quick
release assembly, camera plate with secondary
safety catch, built-in bubble level and tension
adjustment. Made of cast aluminum, this head is
ideal for cameras with short or medium focal
length lenses. 1/4-20˝ camera attachment. 5.5 lb.
maximum load.
BO3265 ..............................................................86.95
468MG Series
Hydrostatic Ball Heads
TRIPODS
3265 Grip Action
Ball Head
490 Maxi
Ball Head
▲
The top of Manfrotto’s ball head line, the 490 is
made in die-cast aluminum with a precision phenol resin ball. Separate locks on 360° pan and
±90° tilt movements, with an additional friction
control on the ball movement, gives just the right
resistance and smoothness with minimum effort,
even when varying weights of equipment. The
490 attaches to the camera via a 2˝ platform with
a combined 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ male thread.
Maximum load is 26.4 lbs.
BO490 ..............................................................162.95
MANFROTTO
3437 3D Magnesium Head (BO3437)
Cast from lightweight magnesium, this innovative
3D head can be positioned in virtual any position
to get the exact framing of the image. Lock-system
using spring-loaded conical joint allows greater
flexibility than any other 3D head whether
mounted on a tripod center column or lateral arm.
The rubber grip knobs provide fingertip control
and won’t poke you in the eye like conventional
handles do. Supports up to 6.6 lbs ...................79.95
▲
A tripod head is just as important as a tripod. It is necessary to match the task of the tripod, head and camera. For this reason,
Manfrotto offers a wide range of heads designed to carry loads from ultra-lightweight up to 26 lbs. Manfrotto’s 3-Way Heads
are precision-engineered to provide smooth and independent control of pan, backward and forward tilt, plus side-to-side tilt
movements. In fact, the camera position can rapidly change from landscape (horizontal) to portrait (vertical) or adjust to the
appropriate angle that best suits the shot. Large rubber grips on the pan and tilt handles provide efficient control. All heads
come supplied with standard 1/4-20˝ threaded camera screw.
3025
Junior Head
3437
Magnesium Head
▲
3025 3D Junior Head (BO3025)
A self-adjusting conical bearing locking system
allows 360˚ rotation on both the vertical and
horizontal plane. This is the ideal head for SLR and
lens up to 6.6 lbs................................................26.95
▲
478
TRIPODS
3-WAY HEADS
3030 Pan Tilt Head with QR Plate (BO3030)
Full 3-way action with each axis movement
controlled by a separate locking handle.
Incorporates a quick-release plate with safety lock
to make camera changes as easy as flipping a lever.
Handles up to 13.2 lbs.......................................60.95
3029 Pan Tilt Head (BO3029)
Same as 3030 without the quick release assembly,
camera plate and secondary safety catch .........49.95
3030
Pan Tilt Head
3047 Deluxe 3-Way Pan Head (BO3047)
This 3-way pan head handles up to 16.5 lbs. and
features a quick-release assembly camera plate
with secondary safety catch, two bubble levels
and three large, easy grip rubber handles for precise positioning ..............................................82.95
329RC4 Low Profile Head
with Quick Release (BO329RC4)
This professional 5.1˝ head is suitable for a wide
range of cameras up to large format. The key is
its low profile which ensures that the camera’s
center of gravity is over the center of the tripod
for maximum stability and control. Also offers a
wedge-shaped quick release plate system, friction
adjustment on the three movement controls, and
a spirit level for tilt and levelling plus a spirit
level in the base for panoramic shots. Maximum
load capacity is 20 lbs ..................................104.00
3039 Super Pro Head
with Quick Release (BO3039)
Finely machined for greater positioning with
smooth, certain action. 3 built-in spirit levels for
horizontal and vertical control. A quick release
camera plate with a secondary safety catch offers
added security. Handles up to 26 lbs ..........174.95
▲
3047 3-Way PanHead
GEARED HEADS
3263 Deluxe Geared Head (BO3263)
This unique head offers precise geared movement in
three directions. Separate fold away rotating handles
for pan and tilt and side-to-side leveling. In addition,
the tension holding the round quick release plate can
be released to allow fine adjustment with complete safety.
Designed to mount on larger tripods, this geared head is
for medium format cameras providing the ultimate in fine
adjustment and control to achieve the exact framing required. Includes three
1/4-20˝ screws for camera attachment ...............................................................592.95
3275 410 Compact Geared Head (BO3275)
Extremely compact, this unique head offers gear movement in
three directions, pan, tilt and side-to-side tilt. It incorporates a
quick release camera plate system and is suitable for SLR
cameras. Maximum load capacity is 11 lbs ....................183.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
www.bhphotovideo.com
405 Pro Digital Geared Head (BO405)
The 405 Pro Digital Geared
Head is designed for digital
photographers who shoot
with camera/back payloads
up to 16.5 lbs.
The 405 utilizes large, easy-togrip knobs that provide smooth,
positive, geared control through 360°
pan and +90° - 30° frontal and lateral
tilt. In addition to its 3-D geared functions, the 405 also
allows you to instantly disengage the gears and rough
position the camera by hand, then instantly reengage
them for ultra-precise final alignment. The 405 comes
complete with quick-release plate, 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ camera
mounting screws, and 3/8˝ tripod mount ................305.95
MANFROTTO
QTVR SYSTEMS
300N Panoramic Head
(BO303)
303 Plus
TRIPODS
This head lets you set 10 different angles of
rotation: (5, 10, 15, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 45, 60,
90°) or the number
of shots (37, 36, 24,
20, 18, 15, 12, 10, 8,
6, 4 shots) spanning 360° rotation
using the engraved,
graduated scale
markings for reference. The head can be used for precise
sequential and constant angle shots or simply
for panning and reading the angle of motion.
The camera can mount directly to the head
with the optional 3054 1/4˝ adapter or on any
Ball or 3D head which mounts on the
Panoramic Head.
BO300N ..................................................162.95
303 QTVR Panoramic Head Kit
Designed for QuickTime virtual reality technology which allows
virtual scenes to be created by computer from panoramic digital
or digitized images obtained from single shots stitched together.
Suitable for most SLR and digital still cameras using wide-angle
lenses. The kit includes a leveling base enabling fine, fingertip
adjustment of ±5° to ensure the camera is perfectly level, the 303
Panoramic Head, and an elbow bracket to ensure the optical
center of the lens is above the point of rotation to avoid parallax
errors and ensure perfect QTVR sequence. The kit features double
sliding plate with 3.1˝ of adjustment for precise positioning, spirit
level and graduated scale to set the angle of rotation from 10˚ to
90˚ or the number of shots spanning 360˚..............................324.95
(BO303P)
Similar to the 303 but it incorporates precise geared movement of
the 2 sliding plates used to position the camera on the panoramic
axis of rotation. A release button disengages the gear to facilitate
rapid movement of the plates when required.........................379.95
479
303SPH QTVR SPHERICAL
PANORAMIC HEAD KIT
The 303SPH is a multi-row (spherical) panoramic photography head. It has sliding plates to
position the camera over the panoramic axis of rotation, plus a sliding plate which rotates
around the front/back tilt axis. This allows the camera to be rotated on both horizontal and
vertical axis around the camera/lens nodal point, so multi-row panoramic photo sequences
(cubic VR photos) can be taken accurately and easily.
Using the 303SPH ensures that software used for photo stitching produces a precisely composed VR environment with minimum post-production intervention or software correction.
The 303SPH’s vertical bracket can be unlocked and rotated through 90° (then re-locked) so
that the head takes up less space in transport, and so that the sliding plate mechanisms are
protected against knocks and bumps. The 303SPH comes complete with an extra set of sliding plates for use with cameras of different sizes.
◆
Three sliding plates for precise nodal
point positioning on all planes/axes.
◆
Short plates included for more
convenient use with compact cameras.
◆
Long plates included for use with larger
SLR or medium format cameras.
◆
Camera attachment via 1/4 - 20˝ and
3/8˝ male screw.
BO303SPH
$
51495
◆
3/8˝ female tripod fitting.
◆
◆
Dual graduated scale to set the angle of
rotation to any of the following:
Graduated scale from 0° to 360° on lower
part of 300N rotation unit.
◆
By removing vertical brackets, the
303SPH can also be used as an object
turntable.
90°, 60°, 45°, 36°, 30°, 24°, 20°, 15°, 10°, 5°
(respectively equivalent to 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
15, 18, 24, 36, 72 photos to achieve a full
360° rotation) - on upper part of 300N
rotation unit.
◆ Vertical
bracket folds down and removes
for compact size during transport.
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
MANFROTTO
480
TRIPODS
TRIPOD ACCESSORIES
3288 Elbow Bracket (BO3288)
The “Elbow Bracket” enables one to rapidly
change from a horizontal to a vertical
shooting position, without having to
reposition the tripod and to keep an axis of
vision which is vertical to the tripod itself,
thus avoiding the threat of tilting.
Compatible with the following heads:
3047, 3039 and 488RC0. Comes complete
with 1/4-20˝ to 3/8˝ screws ....................57.50
341 Junior Elbow Bracket (BO341)
Enables you to rapidly change from a
horizontal to a vertical shooting axis, without
having to reposition the tripod. Its adjustable
stop prevents accidental camera rotation.
Great for small & medium sized cameras
with telephoto lenses. Use on all heads
equipped with the 3157N type of camera
plate, including: 3030, 3265, 3437, 468RC2,
486RC2, 488RC2, 468RC2.......................58.95
155RC Double Ball Joint Head
with Quick Release Adapter (BO155RC)
Not strictly a tripod head, but an extremely
versatile support for compact and 35mm
cameras used in conjunction with the 2915
Super Clamp. Supplied with quick release
plate and secondary safety lock ..............47.95
2929QR Variable Friction Magic Arm
with Quick Release Plate (BO2929QR)
Articulated arm with large locking knob,
variable friction and locking of arm is done
by adjusting the knob. Supplied with quick
release camera plate with secondary safety
lock. Ideal for mounting a camera exactly at
the angle you need it. Fits any 5/8˝ female
socket, works especially well with 2915
Super Clamp. .........................................105.95
2930QR Magic Arm with
Quick Release Plate (BO2930QR)
Your extra arm in the studio. One lever locks
three pivot points. Supplied with a quick
release camera plate with a secondary lock.
Ideal for mounting a camera exactly the
angle you need it.Fits any 5/8˝ female socket,
works great with 2915 Super Clamp. ...109.95
3502 Ball Camera Leveller (BO3502)
Weighing 1.4 lbs. and capable of holding 33
lbs., the 3502 provides fast leveling for
tripods without built-in levels. Fits between
the center column and head and has 10˚ of
adjustment ...............................................69.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
3288
155RC
3419
3500
3419 Micro Positioning Plate (BO3419)
Ideal for macro photography to make precise
positioning movements, for QTVR and other
precise copy/repro work, the sliding plate has
finger tip control for ultra-fine positioning –
but with a simple lock-release lever for fast
set-up. Two plates can be interlocked at 90°
for full lateral/ forward/back movement (over
4.7˝). In extruded aluminum, the plate has
1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ holes and screws for tripod
and camera mounting. .............................86.95
3500 Pump Cup with Flat Base (BO3500)
A suction cup for lightweight equipment. The
disc’s diameter is 2.3˝, it weighs 1.36 lbs. and
has a 3/8˝ thread to accommodate most any
Manfrotto head .........................................61.95
3289 Suction Grip
with Camera Support (BO3289)
Attaches to most non-porous surfaces. Ideal
camera support in automobile or next to a
window. Incorporates a separate brace that is
designed to go down to the car floor for
added stability...........................................96.95
2929QR
3292 Car Window Pod (BO3292)
Clamps onto car window, with a 3/8˝ thread
to accept small or medium sized Manfrotto
heads..........................................................25.95
3292
3292 Car Window Pod with 3-Way Pan/Tilt
Head with Quick Release (BO3292390RC2)
This kit combines the 3292 Pod with the
390RC2 3-way pan/tilt head.....................72.90
3502
3294 Suction Grip with Socket (BO3294)
Suction cup for small fixtures and lightweight
equipment .................................................56.95
2930QR
2934
2934 3/8˝ Head Mounting Plate (BO2934)
Allows use of 3/8˝ camera mounting plate
into 16mm socket. Compatible with 2915
Super Clamp and 484RC2 or 486RC2 Ball
Head for example .....................................19.95
3294
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
2915 Super Clamp (BO2915)
This universal clamp can be securely
mounted on any tube from 0.5 to 2.1˝.
Attachment is 5/8˝ hexagonal socket. It
includes a wedge adapter to allow clamping
onto a flat surface .....................................24.95
2915
208Hex Head Mounting Plate (BO208HEX)
Same as 2934 Head Mounting Plate with a
3/8˝ thread Hex stud ................................19.95
MANFROTTO
TRIPOD ACCESSORIES
3287 Photo Clamp (BO3287)
Used to attach your camera to hard-to-getto places. Can be fixed to surfaces up to 2.3˝
thick. Has 2x 3/8˝ male threads for mounting ball head and camera .......................27.95
3430 Leg Protectors (BO3430)
Set of three leg protectors (14˝ long) with a
zip system so they can be easily fitted and
won’t slip down when in use. Offers good
grip. Protect the legs and insulate your
hands when using the tripods in cold weather. For 3011N, 3021N and 3021PRO.....31.95
3252 Super
Telephoto
Support
3431 Leg Protectors (BO3431)
Same as above except 10˝ long. Fits the
3001N, 3001D and 3001PRO tripods....34.50
233B
Camera
Bracket
233B Camera Bracket (BO233B)
Camera flash bracket with telescopic column
from 11.8˝ to 17.7˝.................................46.95
337 Hot Shoe Two-Axis Bubble Level (BO337)
A double axis spirit level that mounts
effortlessly to the hot shoe of any standard
35mm SLR camera to help you achieve a
finer degree of accuracy in capturing
image content. Ideal during QTVR shooting
sessions....................................................34.95
3420 Telephoto Lens Support (BO3420)
Support for medium telephoto lens. The
length of the bracket is adjustable to take
different length lenses and different diameters by tilting the included 3229 Tilt Head.
Length of the lens support is adjustable from
7.8 to 11.6˝. Attachments: 4 x 3/8˝ female
and 3 x 1/4-20˝ female ...........................61.95
3252 Super Telephoto Support (BO3252)
A very useful addition to any photographers
accessory bag. Complete with Super Clamp
2915 and Mini Ball Head 482. Fully
adjustable between 15.7˝ and 23.6˝ with a
simple telescopic locking device ............49.95
3059B Accessory Side Arm (BO3059B)
Same as above in black color.............49.95
3153 Double Head Support (BO3153)
Similar to the 3059 with the addition of
two adjustable head mounts on the side
arm allowing the possible mounting of
four heads. 23” long. chrome ............76.95
3430 Leg Protectors
337 Hot Shoe Two-Axis
Bubble Level
3153B Double Head Support (BO3153B)
Same as above in black color.............79.95
3269 Double Camera
Support Platform (BO3269)
Measures 11 x 23⁄8˝. Designed to fit any
tripod head. Has 3/8˝ female socket.
Allows you to mount two cameras on a
single head. Supplied with two 1/4˝ and
two 3/8˝camera fixing screws............52.95
3295 Anti-Theft
Plate
3278B Macro Flash Bracket
3153 Double Head Support
Apron Support (BO3146)
Attaches to tripod legs and allows for
storage space beneath the center column.
It can also be used to hold a sandbag or
stones for extra support. Fits most
Manfrotto tripods ..............................27.95
3295 Anti-Theft Plate (BO3295)
For heads with hexagonal plates.
Key lock system for camera release. 78˝
steel cable............................................58.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
481
3059 Accessory Side Arm (BO3059)
Mounts on any column with 3/8˝ thread,
this side arm allows positioning of two
heads at a 90° perpendicular to the tripod
column. 23˝ long. Chrome color ......49.95
3276 Table Mount Camera Support (BO3276)
A simple table mounting support with three
holes for fixing or clamping...................42.95
3278B Macro Flash Bracket (BO3278B)
Allows two shoe mount flash heads to be
mounted with a camera onto a tripod head.
Attachments: 3/8˝and1/4-20˝ female threads
and 1/4-20˝ camera screw. Allows horizontal
or vertical camera position ....................49.95
3253 Table Mount Geared Column
with Clamp (BO3253)
Geared column with clamp for table
thickness from 8-1.5˝, for supporting a
camera adjustable between 2˝ and 26˝.
Head not included ...........................129.95
TRIPODS
3424 Column Clamp (BO3424)
Versatile clamp designed to work in
conjunction with removable tripod
columns of between .98˝ to 1.1˝
diameter, such as the 3001 and 3021
Series tripods. It can be securely fixed to
solid surfaces or bars up to 2.1˝ width.
The column with head is inserted into
the clamp and locked in position at the
required height. The ideal accessory for
nature photography or support for
binoculars and scopes........................64.50
3420 Telephoto
Lens Support
MANFROTTO
TRIPOD ACCESSORIES
Levelling Center Columns
TRIPODS
Tripod Feet
Rubber/Metal Spiked Feet
Reversible rubber/
metal spiked feet
supplied with a
dedicated fixing
tool.The spike is
made of a special
hard stainless steel
alloy extremely
resistant to corrosion.
Retractable Spiked Feet (BO055SPK2): Set of 3,
for 3011N, 3021N and 3021PRO ............26.95
Retractable Spiked Feet (BO190SPK2): Set of 3,
for 3001N, 3001D and 3001PRO ............29.95
Retractable Spiked Feet (BO440SPK2): Set of 3
for 3444 ....................................................33.95
482
Retractable Spiked Feet (BO441SPK2): Set of 3
for 3443 ....................................................34.95
This innovative system means you can
quickly level your photo or video head
without needing to make time-consuming adjustments to the length and
angle of each single tripod leg. One of
the most common problems in still
photography and, above all, video has
been resolved by Manfrotto, thanks to
the use of a 50mm diameter leveling
half ball mounted at the top of a tripod center column so as to make the
angle of the top plate independent of
the rest of the tripod. Locking and
unlocking of the half ball is via a turning grip on the bottom of the center column. The half ball-mounting plate has a male 3/8˝
screw for attachment to a photo or video head, and a bubble spirit level for added ease of use.
554 Leveling Center Column (BO554): Carbon fiber version for 3444 and 3443 tripods.......182.95
555B Leveling Center Column (BO554): Aluminum version for 3021PRO tripod .................108.95
556B Leveling Center Column (BO554): Aluminum version for 3001PRO tripod....................96.95
Short Columns
Suction Cup/Retractable Spike Feet
A rubber suction cup feet with retractable
stainless steel spike. The suction cup
increases the footprint of the tripod by
almost 20 times, giving much greater stability
when needed. The feet can be removed and
replaced at will.
To improve the positioning flexibility of your tripods,
shorter center columns are available as an accessory. If you
need to work with legs set at the third or fourth angle of
inclination (about 60°) but still require the possibility to
move the camera up and down to achieve perfect adjustment for the shot, this shorter column replaces the one
supplied with the tripod.
Suction Cup Set (BO055SCK2): Set of 3, for
3011N, 3021N and 3021PRO ..................49.95
6.9˝ Short Column (BO055CCSB):
For 3011N, 3021N, 3021PRO tripods...........................29.95
Suction Cup Set (BO190SCK2): Set of 3, for
3001N, 3001D and 3001PRO ..................49.50
6.5˝ Short Column (BO190CCSB):
For 3001N, 3001D, 3001PRO tripods...........................29.95
Suction Cup Set (BO440SCK2):
Set of 3 for 3444.......................................49.50
Suction Cup Set (BO441SCK2):
Set of 3 for 3443.......................................49.50
All-Weather
Tripod Shoes
Retractable
Spiked Foot Adapter
Retractable Spiked Foot Adapter (BO055SPK):
Reversible rubber/metal spike feet (set of 3)
as accessory for tripods 3011N, 3021N,
3021PRO, 3001N, 3001D and 3001PRO 26.95
All-Weather Tripod Shoes (BO230):
Attach to tripod feet or monopods to provide
stability in snow, mud or soft ground. For
tripods 3011N, 3021N, 3021PRO, 3001N,
3001D and 3001PRO ...............................19.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
6.5˝ Short Column (BO445CCS): For Carbon Fiber series tripods ..............................................49.50
3007KIT Tabletop Tripod Kit (BO3007K)
Small and portable, this kit fits into any camera
bag ready to give quick support to a lightweight
camera. The kit includes a 482 Mini Ball Head,
a 3007 TableTop Tripod, an extension and a
tripod pouch. The pouch easily attaches to
your belt and has a Velcro fold over flap to
secure the kits safely. .....................................62.80
3504 Tool Kit (BO3504)
A set of tools to adjust the locking collars of
most Bogen/Manfrotto tripods, stands and
monopods. The kit includes a screwdriver and
a hexagonal tubular socket ...........................16.95
www.bhphotovideo.com
MANFROTTO
TRIPOD ACCESSORIES
Plates
Rapid Connect
Hexagonal Plate (BO3041)
With 1/4-20˝ flush
mount .....................19.50
Rapid Connect Adapter (BO625): Hexagonal plate adapter supplied with 1/4-20˝
and 3/8˝ camera fixing screws. Fixing 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ thread. Includes 3049
hexagonal plate. Equipped with two built-in spirit levels................................49.95
Universal
Quick Release
Rapid Connect
Hexagonal Plate
Large Plate
Rapid Connect Hexagonal Plate (BO3048)
Same as above except with 3/8˝ screw ..............................19.50
Dove Tail Rapid Connect
Adapter (BO384): Supplied with
with 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ camera
fixing screws. Fixing 1/4-20˝
and 3/8˝ thread. Includes both
the Dove Tail Accessory Plate
and Architectual plates .....54.95
Universal
“Anti-Twist”
Spotting Scope Plate
Compact Rapid
Connect Adapter
Dove Tail Rapid
Connect Adapter
Low Profile Rectangular Rapid Connect Adapter (BO394): Plate adapter supplied
with with 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ camera fixing screws. Fixing 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝
thread. Includes 3271 plate. Equipped with two built-in spirit levels ............39.95
Rapid Connect Hexagonal Plate (BO3267A)
Same as above except with 3/8˝ screw ..............................19.50
Universal Sliding Plate (BO3273): Supplied with with 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ camera
fixing screws. Fixing 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ thread. Includes 3272 sliding plate ....39.95
Rapid Connect Rectangular Plate
For quick-release system. Available with 1/4˝-20 camera
screw (BO3157N) or 3/8˝ screw (3157AN) ..............................11.95
Universal “Anti-Twist” Spotting Scope Plate (BO200USS): Eliminates unwanted
rotation of the spotting scope during viewing. It has a standard 1/4˝ screw, and
two grub set screws to lock the spotting scope securely in position ...............59.95
Rapid Connect Architectual Rectangular Plate (BO3157NR)
Provides proper camera alignment for 90° vertical architectural shots with 35mm cameras. Supplied with 1/4˝-20 camera screw..............................................................................22.95
Adapters
Rapid Connect Architectual Rectangular Plate (3157ANR):
Same as above except with 3/8˝ screw ..............................22.50
Large Plate (BO3297)
Large 4x4˝ platform accept hexagonal quick-release plates.
Supplied with 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ screw ..............................29.95
Universal Quick Release Rectangular Plate
for Hexagonal Quick Release Heads (BO030U)
Supplied with both 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ screw .....................27.50
Dove Tail Accessory Plate (BO384PL14)
Supplied with 1/4-20˝ screw..............................................17.95
Dove Tail Architectural Plate (BO384PLA14)
Provides alignment for 90° shots with SLR cameras. Supplied
with 1/4˝-20 screw..............................................................19.95
Rapid Connect Mounting Plate (BO3271)
With 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ fixing screws .................................11.95
Rapid Connect Adapter Assembly
with Sliding Mounting Plate (BO577)
Supplied with 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ camera screws. Includes
3433PL slide plate...............................................................49.95
2907 Camera Mounting Stud (BO2907):
Reversible stud with 3/8˝and 1/4˝. To mount cameras flush
on the 2915 Super Clamp .....................................................3.95
3367 Small Adapter (BO3367):
Female 1/4-20˝ to male 3/8˝ adapter with flange................7.95
3298 Nikon Flash Adapter (BO3367):
Converts Nikon flash mount to universal flash bracket......7.95
3428 Survey Adapter (BO3428):
Converts tripod head screw from 3/8˝ threads to 5/8˝.....37.50
3049LS Metz Flash Screw (BO3049LS):
A special long 1/4-20˝ camera screw used in conjunction
with the hexagonal 3049 camera plate which allows you to
fit the Metz flash bracket.......................................................8.95
3054 Converter Plate (BO3054): Converts tripod head screw
from 3/8˝ to 1/4-20˝. Allows any Manfrotto tripod to accept
heads with 1/4-20˝ socket. ..................................................17.50
3154 Joint for Arms (BO3154): Double female 3/8˝ adapter
allows using accessory arms 3059 and 3153 as column
extensions.............................................................................19.50
2932 Flash Shoe (BO2932): Flash shoe with 1/4-20˝ male
thread attachment..................................................................6.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
483
Rapid Connect Hexagonal Plate (BO3267)
This plate provides proper alignment for 90° vertical
architectural shots with 35mm cameras. Supplied with
1/4˝-20 camera screw .........................................................23.95
Compact Rapid Connect
Adapter (BO3299): Rectangular
plate adapter supplied with
with 1/4-20˝ and 3/8˝ camera
fixing screws. Fixing 1/4-20˝
and 3/8˝ thread. Includes
3157M rectangular plate...26.95
TRIPODS
Rapid Connect
Hexagonal Plate (BO3042)
Same as above except
with 3/8˝ screw ......19.50
Rapid Connect
Hexagonal Plate (BO3049)
For quick-release system.
Supplied with 1/4˝ camera screw .................17.95
Quick Release Adapters
MANFROTTO
TRIPODS
TRIPOD BAGS & CARRYING SYSTEMS
A tripod is a wonderful thing.
Carrying one has never
been — until now.
Manfrotto has developed a
complete range of carrying
and transportation solutions designed around the tripod.
These contoured bags are worked from the inside out to fit your kit. They offer convenient ways of setting up
and breaking down faster, a “space pad” that lets you shoulder carry your tripod without risking bangs and bruises, and an
open backpack that keeps your hands free. Whether you want a handle or strap that doesn’t have to be removed from your
tripod when you set up a shoot, or whether you need a protective shell to keep your tripod safe, Manfrotto has the solution.
With innovative technical features, prime materials and first class construction methods, the quality of their bags and carrying
solutions are up to the high standards you expect from Manfrotto.
484
PA D D E D T R I P O D B A G S
47.2˝ Padded Tripod Bag (BOMBAG120P)
A ballistic nylon asymmetric tapered
tripod bag that allows you to store
the tripod with the head attached.
The tripod legs fit comfortably in the
narrower end (7.87˝ diameter) and extra space is allowed for the head at the wider
end (9˝ diameter). A zip extends down the length of the bag, but also fully opens
the top end of the bag, making it easier to get to your tripod. Thermoform
padding holds the tripod in place and protects it, especially the head, during
transport. Inner pocket holds accessories where they won’t rattle around or get
damaged. This bag can be hand-carried horizontally by the side handle, vertically
by the end handle, or shoulder-carried using the included strap......................124.95
39.3˝ Padded Tripod Bag (BOMBAG100P)
Same as MBAG120P, but slightly smaller ....99.95
35.4˝ Padded Tripod Bag (BOMBAG90P)
Same as MBAG120P, but smaller .................94.95
31.5˝ Padded Tripod Bag (BOMBAG80P)
Basically the same as MBAG120P, but smaller,
without the side handle or inner accessory
pocket. It is also narrower than the other
padded bags. The narrow end measures 5.1˝
diameter, the wide end measures 5.9˝ .........69.95
All padded bags feature 1680 Denier water proof super nylon, and an end
handle. And with the exception of the 31.5˝ Padded Bag, they also feature
a central hande and an internal pocket that holds a video head pan bar.
End handle
Padded bag
Central pocket
Internal pocket
U N PA D D E D T R I P O D B A G S
31.5˝ Unpadded Tripod Bag (BOMBAG80)
This unpadded tripod bag is slightly tapered to
provide a better fit for your tripod with an
attached head. The wider end of the bag
accommodates the head without requiring
all levers to be removed. It also features a zipper that extends down the length of the bag, but also fully opens the top end of the
bag. A logo end cap is padded to offer protection to the tripod head. This bag
includes a shoulder strap........................................................................................49.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
27.5˝ Unpadded Tripod Bag (BOMBAG70)
Same as MBAG80, but slightly smaller at 27.5˝
in length ........................................................39.95
Mini Air Bag (BOMBAGD)
An unpadded rucksack-style bag for small
tripods. It has a bungee cord top opening and
adjustable straps, anD comes in resistant nylon
with printed Manfrotto logo........................17.95
MANFROTTO
TRIPOD BAGS & CARRYING SYSTEMS
Quick Action Strap
TRIPODS
Straps can be removed
and custom-positioned
to better match the size
of your tripod.
(BO401N)
A quick and easy accessory for carrying your tripod
when walking, hiking, cycling or just getting from
shoot to shoot. Use the shorter straps to fasten the
padded Quick Action Strap to one of the legs of your
tripod, bind the remaining legs together using the
longer adjustable quick release straps, sliding the
tripod over your shoulder and you’re ready to go, with
your hands free to grab those vital last minute items.
The padding helps hold the tripod in place and
protects your back from bruises and chaffing. The
Quick Action Strap even stays attached to your tripod
when shooting (all you need to do is release the longer
quick release straps so you can maneuver and
position all three legs), so you’re always ready to
capture the images you want, but also always ready to
move off again to the next location .......................52.95
SHORT STRAPS
Long Grey Strap (BO3044)
A basic 2˝ wide strap to carry your kit.
A spring clip fastens quickly to the steel
ring at the shoulder of the tripod, and a
closed loop goes around the feet of the
tripod, to grip them securely. It features
an adapter for compatibility with all
Manfrotto tripods and comfortable
rubberized fabric to avoid the tripod
slipping on your shoulder ...............26.95
Short Grey Strap (BO3044TSB)
An adjustable length 2˝ wide strap with
a single spring clip that attaches to the
steel ring at the shoulder of your tripod.
It features an adapter for compatibility
with all Manfrotto tripods. Comfortable
rubberized fabric keeps the tripod from
slipping on your shoulder ...............33.50
Short Green Strap (BO3044TSG)
Same as the above, but in green rubberized fabric to match the Manfrotto
3205GN3 and 3221GN3 tripods.....28.95
Short Black Strap (BO3044NAR)
A 1.5˝ wide adjustable strap supplied
with an adapter and a special spring
hook which makes attaching and
detaching the strap from the tripod easy.
It features a double-fixing system
whereby the hook attaches to the tripod
spider and loops around legs ..........29.95
Long Green Strap (BO102NAT)
Same as the above, but in green
rubberized fabric to match the 3205GN3
and 3221GN3 tripods......................29.95
Apron Support (BO3146)
Attaches to the tripod legs and allows
for storage space beneath the center
column. It can also be used to hold a
sandbag or stones for extra support.
Fits most Manfrotto tripods ........27.95
Carbon One Series
Carrying Strap (BO3447)
Adjustable length strap for Carbon One
tripods. It is supplied with an adapter
and a spring hook to easily attach and
detach the strap. The strap has a single
fixing system, the hook attaches to the
tripod spider so that the tripod and
head hang down your body. 1.57˝
width, black color ............................31.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
485
LONG STRAPS
NOVOFLEX
The MagicBall Series is a family of
revolutionary designed ball and
socket heads with an incredible
range of almost 120° of adjustment
in all directions. Camera positioning
is achieved by means of the locking
grip. The materials used, virtually
eliminate transmission of vibrations
to the camera.
The unique MagicBall ball head
series consists of three distinctive ball heads that have a fixed positioned ball and a moveable housing. The reverse of traditional ball heads! This unique design allows the camera to be tipped to an inclined positioned at any point on the head as
there is no need for a slot as in traditional designs.
The two largest heads, the MB (The Big One) and the MB 50 (The
Universal) have separate tension control as well as the lock for the ball. The
locking handle accepts a slip-on cover for use in cold weather. The knurled
locking knob can be interchanged with the optional MB Griff (pan handle),
a long, rubber covered locking knob when using gloves or additional locking
force is required. The smallest version, the MB Mini (The Small) lacks the
tension control and does not accept the MB GRIFF or the slip-on cover.
486
TRIPODS
MAGICBALL SERIES
The MB weighs 32.5 oz and supports up to 22 lb. The MB 50 weighs 21.5 oz
and supports up to 15.4 lb. while the MB MINI weighs 11.6 oz and supports
up to 11 lb. All are equipped with a 1/4˝-20 camera screw and a threaded
3/8˝ tripod socket with a 1/4˝ reducer. An accessory 360° rotating panorama
plate (PANORAMA) with spirit level can be mounted on the top or the bottom (or both) for rotation without using the locking control.
MB Mini “The Small” (NOMMB)
The small brother can used on all tripods
and is recommended for use with equipment
weighing up to 11 lbs. It does not incorporate friction control. Its dimensions are 4.3 x
1.6 x 3˝, and it weighs 11.6 oz..............209.95
MB-50 “The Universal” (NOMB50)
The MB50 has the handling and the tension
control of the MB (The Big One). Although
the maximum capacity is lower, it is recommended for use with equipment weighing up
to 15.4 lbs. Its dimensions are 6 x 2 x 3.5˝,
and it weighs 21.5 oz.............................274.95
MB “The Big One” (NOMB)
The “big” one was the first ball and socket
head in the series. Camera positioning is
achieved by means of the integrated friction
control depending on camera weight.
Recommended for equipment weighing up
to 22 lbs. Its dimensions are 4.7 x 2.4 x 4.1˝,
and it weighs 32.5 oz.............................329.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
NEIGER 19/NEIGER 19P
Mini Ball & Socket Heads
The Novoflex Neiger 19 and Neiger 19P classic
small ball and socket heads are equipped with a
1/4-20˝ camera mounting screw and a removable flash shoe so either shoe mount flash or
cameras can be mounted to the heads. The
Neiger 19 series heads are identical except for
the addition of a pan base control on the 19P
version. Both are solid metal construction with
a pair of convenient rubber rings around the heard to ensure a secure grip. Both are capable
of carrying the largest of flash units with standard accessory shoe.
Neiger 19 (NONB19):
Small ball head with flash shoe, 1/4˝
thread (2.2˝ high, 3.25 oz.).................29.95
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
Neiger 19P (NONB19P): Small ball head
with flash shoe, 1/4˝ thread and pan base
control (2.6˝ high, 4.16 oz.) ...............39.95
NOVOFLEX
D IN O
Pan Tilt Head
DinO Silver Pan & Tilt Head (NOPTHS) ...........................................239.95
DinO
TRIPODS
Ideal for use with telescopes and monoculars, film and video cameras as well as
SLRs and digital cameras, the D IN O (originates from the design — the shape of
the letter “D” is inserted “IN” an “O”) is a milestone in the development of pan
tilt heads. It offers exceptionally smooth horizontal and vertical panning
which can be locked with just one slight turn of the wrist.
The easy handling is a tremendous advantage for the macro
specialist. In combination with tripod collar lenses the D IN O
provides adjustment options almost without limit: It becomes a full 3-D-head. Both camera settings, horizontal and vertical,
are possible in the 90° position. High stability with low weight, sensitive friction control and 360° panorama rotation make this
head unique. It also features a removable grip and video pin.
DinO Titanium Pan & Tilt Head (NOPTHT) ................................239.95
Camera Threads
Tripod Threads
Height
Weight
Size without Grip
Maximum Weight
1/4˝
1/4˝ and 3/8˝
3.5˝
10.6 oz.
2.8 x 2.8 x 3.5˝
6.6 lbs.
487
MINI, MICRO AND CHEST PODS
Minipod
(NONF3320)
The Minipod offers maximum stability
with unprecedented flexibility, which is
achieved by the individually variable
angles to which each of the legs can be
set. Preset positions for angles of 30°,
60° and 90° enable you to adjust the
Minipod’s position perfectly to any terrain, especially when working at very
low levels. Easily supports equipment
weighing up to 20 lbs. Maximum
height is 7.5˝, weighs 13.8 oz......149.50
Minipod Extension Set (NOE6)
A set of three 6˝ extensions. It allows
you to extend the maximum height of
the Minipod an additional 5.9˝....52.95
Micropod
Minipod
Micropod
Chestpod
Minipod shown
with Minipod
Extension Set
Chestpod
(NOMP)
The Micropod is ideal for outdoors
or table top photography, as well
as for a secondary flash. In
combination with the Neiger
19/19P you will be prepared for
any situation. It can also be used as
a small hand-grip. It extends to
2.8˝, and weighs 1.8 oz...........24.95
(NOCSP)
The versatile Chestpod is perfect
in all photographic and filming
situations, where other forms of
support are too restrictive. 11.8 x
1.6 x 1.8˝, it weighs .99 lb ....137.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
NOVOFLEX
TRIPODS
CLASSICBALL 5
A world first in ball head design, the ClassicBall 5 features three vertical 90° openings for the ball
neck; AFC (advanced friction control) system for precisely repeatable and defined friction preset; no
fumbling for friction, locking and panning knobs; and absolutely no change of ball position during
locking, thanks to the design of the ball interior.
One glance at the ClassicBall 5, with its understated matte titanium finish, and it’s clear that this
is a high-precision instrument made to last. The ClassicBall 5 is an all-metal design incorporating advanced polymer materials developed and precision manufactured in Germany. In designing the ClassicBall 5, Novoflex engineers drew on practical experience and their deep knowledge
of the problems encountered by professional photographers in their daily work. The company has
gone to great lengths to achieve high stability and excellent resistance to vibration.
488
◆ Working
on the ClassicBall 5, Novoflex
engineers aimed first and foremost to meet
photographers’ requirement for a precisely
controllable and repeatable friction
adjustment (braking) for the ball. The result
was AFC (advanced friction adjustment).
Integrated here for the first time, AFC allows
photographers to set the friction on a setting
ring in the center of the ball head. In other
words, they can set the correct braking rate
of the ball even before attaching the camera
and lens. This means no more trial and
error adjustment. Getting the right setting
is now child’s play, even with weighty
telephoto lenses.
◆
◆
Completely new, and a world first in ball
head design, are three 90° openings to take
the ball neck that significantly increase the
vertical adjustment range of the head. The
camera can now swing smoothly through
180° vertically. Equally important is that
three 90° openings have been achieved with
no loss of stability.
In contrast to other ball heads of this type,
the ClassicBall 5 makes it possible to lock
the ball in position without any risk of
even a slight shift in position. This feature
comes into its own in macro photography
where it is essential not to disturb the
setting of a shot.
◆ As
one would expect from a product of this
caliber, the ClassicBall 5 provides integrated
360° panning and two camera threads (1/4˝
and 3/8˝). The ball support is permanently
grease-free.
◆ All
adjusting elements have been optimized
for easy operation even under very difficult
conditions. Photographers working in very
low temperatures, for example, can set and
check all functions reliably without
removing their gloves.
◆ Weighs
1.9 lbs. and supports up to 26 lbs. of
camera equipment. The base diameter is
69mm, the camera-mount diameter is 59
mm and the overall height is 113 mm.
ClassicBall 5 Ballhead (NOCB5) .......................................................................................................................................................................................499.95
Panorama Plate
Forked Joint
Universal Pan Calibrated
Base with 1/4˝ Thread
"V" Shaped Tripod Head
for Long Lenses
Only with slow and controlled
movements is the professional
precision of Novoflex products
fully appreciated. Without
play or twist, cameras and
lenses can be adjusted and
positioned exactly.
Substantial tests and decades
of photographic experience result in useful accessories like the
Panorama Plate. Used between the camera and tripod head or
between tripod head and tripod, the Panorama turns smoothly
and glides in it’s base. Equipped with locking screw and spirit
level. The Panorama Plate measures 3.5 x 2.4˝ and weighs 7.4 oz.
The “V” shaped Forked Joint
offers additional support when
using long lenses, spotting
scopes, etc. With the base rigidly
attached to a tripod or similar,
the fork permits a full 360°
turn, allowing the user to
continuously follow moving
objects without sacrificing
the overall stability of the
system. The Forked Joint has a
height of 4.3˝, a 4.9˝ width, and
a weight of 7.4 oz.
Panorama Plate (NOUPP) .....................................................129.95
Forked Joint (NOFJQ) ..........84.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
NOVOFLEX
BASICBALL
A Semi-Ball Becomes a Tripod and More
TRIPODS
BasicBall is the solid base for your camera, for the Novoflex D IN O pan-tilt head, the
MagicBall, or for any other ball and socket head. The multi-functional base, is a
mini-tripod for taking pictures at ground level by using the standard legs, AND a
normal tripod by using the telescope rods, to support your
camera, flash, microphone, etc.
Different screw threads for the tripod legs fix the height at 2.4˝,
5.7˝, or 8.3˝. Additional threaded sockets accept additional
accessories. The BasicBall is designed for all ground level
photography and has a maximum load capacity of55 lbs.
489
The use of Novoflex telescope rods transform the BasicBall into a monopod, a duopod or a tripod.
In combination with three Novoflex telescope rods, the BasicBall provides an ideal tripod for all
trekking tours avoiding excess weight. The variable height with the Novoflex telescope rods reaches
from a minimum of 24˝ to a maximum of 51˝. This tripod weighs only 2.4 lb. Each Novoflex
telescope rod is supplied with a wooden knob to cover the 1/4˝ tripod thread and a wrist strap.
Only the Novoflex telescope rods fit to the BasicBall.
Various available accessories transform the BasicBall into a support for a flash, a microphone or a
video light. In addition the BasicBall is perfectly designed for the D IN O and the MagicBall. The
BasicBall can also be used as chest pod. The complete set includes a BasicBall with nine 1/4˝
threads, one 1/4˝ tripod screw thread, and three tripod legs 7.9˝ long.
Blue BasicBall Tripod (NOBBB) .....................84.95
Silver BasicBall Tripod (NOBBS) ................84.95
BASICBALL ACCESSORIES
Telescope Rods (NOCFRBB)
These Telescopic Roads convert the BasicBall
to a tripod (requires 3 rods). Minimum
length is 26.7˝, maximum length is 57˝.
It weighs 10.9 oz .......................................84.50
Metal Rod 15cm (NOR15)
With 1/4˝ threads outside and inside.
It measures 5.9˝ long................................19.95
Metal Rod 30cm (NOR30)
With 1/4˝ threads outside and inside.
It measures 11.8˝ long..............................18.50
Novoflex Tripod Extenders (NOE6)
3 extension rods, each 5.9˝ long ..............52.95
Grip for BasicBall (NOGB)
This grip is like a bicycle handle that screws
into the BasicBall’s 1/4˝-20 threaded sockets.
Makes it much easier to carry and control the
BasicBall ....................................................69.95
90° Angle Connector (NOA90)
Connects one rod or a small ball head to
another rod at a 90° angle. For use with the
Rod Support System.................................19.95
Novoflex Flexible Arm (NOA)
With a small ball head and flash shoe. It
measures 17.7˝ long .................................74.95
Novoflex Flexible Arm (NOAS)
With a small ball head and flash shoe. It
measures 11.8˝ long .................................64.95
Mini Ballhead with Flash Shoe
and 1/4˝-20 Thread (NOMBFS)
A very precise small ballhead with an
incorporated flash shoe and 1/4˝-20 threaded
hole ............................................................39.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
NOVOFLEX
MINICONNECT SYSTEM
MiniConnect Quick Release
Adapter with Plate
490
TRIPODS
Probably the smartest Quick Release System around, MiniConnect provides an
outstanding degree of stability, and easy one-handed handling. The coupling
pieces are round and small so they can be left on the camera or lens at all
times without interference. They are also suitable for the heaviest cameras and
lenses. MiniConnect has a safeguard mechanism for the lock which requires a
double-action to release the camera.
MiniConnect Quick Release Adapter (NONF4010)
Baseplate is 3.1 x 2.4 x 0.7˝ and weighs 0.31 lbs. Quick release plate diameter is 1˝, and
weighs 0.04 lb. One coupling piece with 1⁄4˝ thread is included........................................109.95
MC-Vertikal
MiniConnect Profiset
Angle Bracket for MiniConnect System
Quick Release Adapter Set
The MC-VERTIKAL angle
bracket enables a lightning
fast change-over from the
standard horizontal position
to a vertical picture mode.
This set contains the base plate,
three coupling pieces with 1/4˝
thread and a carrying strap.
With the strap fitted to the
MiniConnect the camera is
carried so it is possible to change
film without removing the
camera from the MiniConnect.
Only one strap is necessary to
carry the complete outfit. This
eliminates the need to fit a strap
to the camera itself, which is a
particular benefit when switching from carrying the camera to
mounting it on a tripod.
MiniConnect Profiset (NOCMCS) ............................................138.95
Therefore it is no longer
necessary to make
re-adjustment, when
changing from horizontal to
vertical as you now will keep on working in the same optical axis.
It also works with a winder or motor drive on the camera. For
convenience, the bracket has a 1/4˝ thread for attaching to a tripod. thread for a direct connect to the pod.
MC-Vertical (NOMCV) .............................................................118.50
Camera Plates for MiniConnect Series
1/4˝ MiniConnect Coupling Piece (NOCMC14) ..............................................26.50
3/8˝ MiniConnect Coupling Piece (NOCMC38) ..............................................26.50
1/4˝ MiniConnect Anti-Twist Coupling Piece (NOPATMC14)
1/4˝ coupling piece with an additional lock to prevent unintentional turning.
Must be used with cameras or lenses with base plates or tripod connections
made of metal...................................................................................................35.95
3/8˝ MiniConnect Anti-Twist Coupling Piece (NOPATMC38)
Same as above except with a 3/8˝ thread........................................................28.50
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
www.bhphotovideo.com
MiniConnect MR
Mini Quick Release
A mini quick release that accepts
MiniConnect camera plates. By
eliminating the automatic locking
function, an extremely practical,
small and inexpensive quick release
has been developed. The
MiniConnect MR fits all small ball
and socket heads, as well as other brackets
and mounting accessories. The Mini Quick Release is
particularly well suited for small and mid size equipment.
Diameter is 2.09˝, height is 0.79˝, and it weighs 3oz.
Includes a coupling piece with 1⁄4˝ thread.
MiniConnect MR (NOMC) ................................................82.95
NOVOFLEX
Q=BASE
Automatic Quick Release System for Arca Style Plates
QPL-VERTIKAL
Q=PLATE
Quick Release Plates
Fitting to the Q=Base, Novoflex offers a variety of individual removable plates. Q=PLATES are
offered in different lengths, with one or more anti-twist screws. The Q=PLATES use the special
safety pin of the Q=BASE to prevent the plates from slipping out of the base. So they have a
built-in focusing rail function with the longer plates.
Angle Bracket for Q=Base
The QPL-VERTIKAL angle bracket enables a
lightning fast change-over
from the standard
horizontal
position to a
vertical picture mode.
491
Standard Plate with 1/4˝ Thread (NOQPL1):
1.7 x 1.7˝. Can mount facing any side ....49.95
Standard Plate with 3/8˝ Thread (NOQPL38):
Same as above with 3/8˝ thread .............CALL
Therefore it
is no longer
necessary to
make re-adjustment,
when changing from horizontal to vertical as
you now will keep on working in the same
optical axis. It also works with a winder or
motor drive on the camera. For convenience,
the bracket has a 1/4˝ thread for attaching to
a tripod.
QPL-VERTIKAL (NOQPLV)....................106.50
3.3˝ Double Top Plate (NOQPL2): With 1/4˝
and 3/8˝ camera screws ...........................59.95
4.7˝ Double Top Plate (NOQPL3): With 1/4˝
and 3/8˝ camera screws ...........................74.95
6˝ Double Top Plate (NOQPL4): With 1/4˝ and
3/8˝ camera screws...................................89.95
2˝ Anti-Twist Double Plate (NOQPLAT1): With
1/4˝ and 3/8˝ camera screws ...................74.95
2.8˝ Anti-Twist Double Plate (NOQPLAT2):
With 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ camera screws..........89.95
Focusing Racks for Q=Base System
Castel-L
Castel-L shown
on a Castel-Q
TRIPODS
Now, for the first time, the Arca system becomes a quick release system rather than a quick mounting system—and it operates with one hand! As soon as a camera or lens with an Arca style plate
touches the Q=Base, the base snaps closed, eliminating any possibility of the equipment falling off
the base. Besides closing automatically, the Q=Base has a built-in sliding focusing rail feature that
allows the camera or lens to slide front to back for precise positioning after it is in the Q=Base. A
large knurled base ring locks it securely in place. Built-in safety stops prevent plates from traveling
too far. Novoflex also offers a full range of plates for camera and lenses. Plates are available in a
variety of lengths and with 1, 2, or more screws. Virtually all currently available Arca style plates fit the Q=Base.
Q=Base Arca-Type Quick Release Adapter (NOQB) .......................................................................................................................................................173.95
Castel-L Standard Focusing Rack (NOFRS)
For precise adjustments.With improved rigidity
and integral quick-release adaptor (MiniConnect
System), it can be mounted on a tripod head or a
quick-release of the Arca-Swiss type. 7.9 x 3.9 x
1.3˝and a maximum adjustment of 5.5˝ ....229.95
Castel-XL Heavy-Duty Focusing Rack (NOFRL)
A heavy-duty rack with superior stability and
it’s method of adjustment in 2 planes, resulting
in a length of 10.1˝ and a maximum adjustment of 15˝. It’s dimensions are 10.1 x 4 x 2.4˝
and it weighs 31.8˝ ...................................309.95
Castel-Q Focusing Rack with Dovetail
Clamping (NOFRQ): Combining it with a second
Castel-Q, or a Castel-L produces an X-Y focusing
rack of unparalleled stability. It’s dimensions are
8 x 4 x 1.3˝, with a camera base width of 66mm.
It weighs 16 oz. and has a maximum adjustment
of 5.5˝.............................................................CALL
Castel-Mini Focusing Rack (NOFRSQ)
An invaluable tool for any macro photographer. Two fine-friction drives facilitate the
positioning of the entire outfit in relation to
the object to be photographed. Dimensions are
5.1 x 3.2 x 2.2˝, it has 5.3˝ of total movement,
and weighs 9.9 oz......................................169.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
NOVOFLEX
BELLOWS
492
TRIPODS
Automatic Bellows
Using a bellows is the proven path to macro- and microphotography. These auto bellows have
connections for automatic diaphragm release and transmission of lens information to permit
open-aperture metering. Additionally, the bellows for Minolta AF retains diaphragm control,
those for Canon EOS retain all functions, including autofocus. Use the Novoflex 60mm or
105mm Automatic Bellows Lenses, or your own lenses in conjunction with the bellows.
Auto Bellows are available for
the following cameras:
Automatic Bellows Lens Heads
Lens Head 4.0/105mm (LEINO-105): Length 45mm, Diameter: 55mm, Weight: 170g,
Operating range: Infinity - 1:1 - 2, Filter size: 52mm. Fitting available for:
Canon FD ................Call
Contax...........................Call
Leica R ............................Call
Minolta MD ..........00.00
Nikon.............................Call
Olympus OM.................Call
M39 with click stop iris......................................................................................................Call
Canon EOS (NOBACAF) ..........................669.95
Canon FD (NOBAFCFD) ..........................539.95
Minolta Autofocus (NOBAMAF) .............549.95
Minolta MD (NOBAMD) ..........................CALL
Nikon AI (NOBAN) ..................................669.95
Contax/Yashica (NOBACY) .....................539.95
Leica R (NOBAL) ......................................619.95
Olympus (NOBAO) ..................................549.95
Pentax (NOBAP) ......................................549.95
Lens Head 4.0/60mm (LEINO-60): Length 45mm, Diameter: 55mm, Weight: 170g,
Operating range: Infinity - 1:2 - 2.1, Filter size: 52mm
Canon FD ................Call
Contax...........................Call
Leica R ............................Call
Minolta MD.............Call
Nikon.............................Call
Olympus OM.................Call
Pentax...................................................................................................................................Call
Slide Copy Attachment with Bellows Lens Hood
(NOSCAAB)
The combination of the Bellows Lens Hood with the Slide Copy Attachment results in a
slide copier which is perfect for use with the 60mm head ...........................................117.95
BALPRO 1 Universal Bellows
Due to a complete set of adapters, the BALPRO 1 allows many combinations of different lenses
and camera systems. You can not only combine most medium format lenses but also nearly
all KB lenses or special lenses with camera bodies up to 6x7. With its compact construction,
the BALPRO 1 is also suitable for outdoor photography, and with the EOS-RETRO Reverse
Adapter, it becomes a fully automatic bellows for the Canon EOS system.
BALPRO 1 Universal Bellows (NOBP1) .......................................................................................................412.95
35mm Camera APRO Mounts for BALPRO 1
35mm Camera PROLEI Mounts for BALPRO 1
Canon FD (NOCANA)..............79.95 Canon EOS (NOCANAAF) ........95.95
M42 (NOCOA) ..........................79.95 Contax (NOCONTA) ..............79.95
Leica-R (NOLEAR) ...................79.95 Minolta MF (NOMINA) ........95.95
Minolta AF (NOMINAAF) ........79.95 Nikon (NONIKA) ...................95.95
Olympus (NOOMA).................79.95 Pentax (NOPENTA) ...............79.95
Rollei SL35 (NOROLA) ........................................................................95.95
Canon FD (NOLEICAN) .......................................................................98.95
Canon EOS (NOEOSUNI)...........................................................................63.50
M42 (NOLEICO) .......................54.50 Contax (NOLEICONT) ...........93.50
Leica-R (NOLEIF) .....................92.50 Leica-M (NOLEIM)................92.50
Minolta MF (PNOLEIMIN).......92.50 Nikon (NOLEINIK) ................92.50
Olympus (NOLEIOM) ..........................................................................92.50
Reverse Adapter for Canon EOS (NOLARCAF)
Open the world of extreme close-up photography to EOS cameras with wide angle or zoom lenses. The lens
is mounted on the adapter in reverse position and transmits all lens information to the camera body. Using
a 28-105mm EF lens in reverse position allows you to shoot with magnification ratios of 1:7 at 105mm to
2.8:1 at 28mm. No prime macro lens is capable of matching this range. Includes 58mm threads..........349.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
SLIK
MINI SERIES
Ultra Compact Tripods
Mini Tripod with 2-Way Panhead (SLMT)
Mini Pro Tripod with Compact Ball Head (SLMP)
The Mini Pro is built a little more durably that the Mini, comes
in a black finish, and uses a removable Compact Ball Head
which can handle up to 3.5 lbs. The compact ballhead lets you
orient the camera to almost any angle. For vertical photos, the
camera platform can be tilted 90° in any direction. It also has
an oversized elevator locking collar which makes raising the
center column fast and easy...................................................36.95
Mini Pro III Tripod with Ball Head (SLMP3)
The same legs as the Mini Pro, the Mini Pro III incorporates a
newly designed compact ball head (SBH-100) that is also used
on the Sprint and Sprint Pro tripods. The intermediate sized
SBH-100 can handle a larger point-and-shoot digital camera,
bridge camera or lightweight SLR. Like the Mini-Pro, it also
has an oversized elevator locking collar which makes raising the
center column fast and easy ....................................................29.95
Mini Pro V Tripod with 2-Way Panhead (SLMP5)
Same legs as the Mini Pro, the Mini Pro V comes with a removable 2-way pan head with an extended positioning handle. The
two-way panhead supports cameras up to 3 lbs. Like the Mini
Pro, it also has an oversized elevator locking collar which makes
raising the center column fast and easy.................................29.95
M I N I P R O S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Maximum Height
Minimum Height
Folded Length
Weight
7.9˝
.7 lbs.
Mini
8.46˝
Mini Pro
9.65˝
7.9˝
8.25˝
.73 lbs.
Mini Pro III
9.64˝
7.87˝
8.27˝
11.65 lbs.
Mini Pro V
8.58˝
6.8˝
7.9˝
12.6 oz.
Compact XL
Sometimes a full
sized tripod is
more than you need
or too much to
handle, especially
when traveling on
vacation. Slik
answers your
camera support
needs with
the Compact
XL tripod.
The Compact
XL with a folded length of
less than 16˝ and under 1.5 lbs., fits
almost any suitcase, gadget bag or
backpack. The Compact XL trumps
the mini-pods class by having a
maximum operating height of 43˝,
getting the camera up off the ground.
Perfect for compact digital and film
cameras, it can hold up to 2.75 lbs.
(Note: using SLRs like a Canon Rebel
or Minolta Maxxum, the Slik Sprint
Pro is the recommended choice for a
travel tripod.)
◆
Two-way pan head
◆
Features reversible head capability
for low angle work
◆
4-section legs and a double
extension center column extends
up to 43˝
Compact XL (SLCT)
Chrome color...............................29.95
Compact XL (SLCTB)
Black color....................................29.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
493
Small and light is what this tripod is all about. The Mini is an
excellent and affordable table-top tripod. It has a maximum
height of 8.5˝ and can hold up to 2.5 lbs. with its high impact
plastic 2-way head built in. Perfect for positioning and holding a
compact digital or film camera for those group photos where a
self-timer is used. 2-section telescoping legs make the tripod
more stable and get the camera up just a little higher .........20.95
TRIPODS
Compact and versatile minipods, you can even carry a Mini series tripod with your camera attached. Ideal for low angle photography, they can also be used as a chest-pod for added stability, when using slow shutter speeds. All Slik Mini tripods have
two-section telescoping legs to make the tripod more stable and get the camera up just a little higher.
Perfect companions for any outing. When folded, the Slik Mini series tripods are about the size of standard telephoto lens,
meaning they can be carried in your camera bag all the time so tripod support is always at hand! The bottom of the center
column has a suction cup, which can be used to mount a Mini on clean smooth glass surfaces, including windows. Stick the
Mini to a window for a higher angle picture or take photos in low light with a slow shutter speed. (Note: The suction cup can’t
hold up cameras weighing more than 10 oz.)
SLIK
U SERIES
494
TRIPODS
Lightweight Tripods
Light in weight, light in price, but heavy in value, Slik’s U Series of economy
tripods have proved to be so popular and successful that they have been
knocked-off by many companies — but none have been able to match the
quality and value performance of these versatile tripods. Every tripod in the
series is less than 2 feet long when completely folded and weighs less than
3.5 lbs. Easy to operate, the Slik U Series have many features that the casual
photographer and family videographer will come to love.
U6600
U5500
They all Feature:
◆
They combine modern design with ultra-smooth controls in a lightweight tripod. Offer
distinctive two-tone titanium finish with rounded contours
◆
Ultra-smooth geared center column (except the U5500) ensures smooth and quiet rack and
pinion gear movement of the center column
◆
Oversize, single action, speed release leg locks for quick and simple set up and fold down,
adjust the tripod height in seconds.
◆
3-way video/photo fluid effect panhead with locking handle
◆
Dual purpose quick release platform for fast, easy mounting and removal of still or video
cameras. A dual purpose Quick Shoe attaches easily onto still and video cameras just by
aligning along the length of the camera body, and tightening with a coin.
◆
Torsion resisting center leg brace for added stability. It also incorporates the movement
of all three legs. Just open or close one leg, and the rest will follow automatically.
◆
Rubber leg tips provide maximum traction outdoors and protection to surfaces indoors
U8000
U9000
S D V a n d U S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
SDV-20
SDV-30
U5500
U6600
U8000
U9000
Maximum Height
59.5˝
58.5˝
56.3˝
56.3˝
59˝
59˝
U212
63˝
Minimum Height
21.5˝
21.5˝
21.3˝
21.3˝
21.5˝
21.5˝
24.8˝
Folded Length
22.8˝
22.8˝
22.4˝
22.4˝
23.2˝
23.2˝
27˝
Load Capacity
3.3 lbs.
2.65 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
3.5 lbs
4.4 lbs
4.4 lbs
5.5 lbs
Leg Sections
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Center Column Type
Sliding
Geared
Sliding
Geared
Geared
Geared
Geared
Weight
2.4 lbs.
2.6 lbs.
2.2 lbs.
2.42 lbs.
3.3 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
6 lbs
19.95
26.95
26.95
29.95
39.95
44.95
99.95
Price
SDV-20/SDV-30
These tripods are the ideal choice for a light-weight travel tripod. Compact, lightweight and economical, they
feature a 3-way pan & tilt head that can be used with a compact SLR, digital camera or DV camcorder, and
includes a quick-release system. The SDV-30 steps-up with a geared center column.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
◆
3-way pan head smooth movement of a compact
video camera
◆
Speed release leg locks for quick and simple set
up and fold down
◆
Large, quick release plate for fast, easy mounting
and removal of the camera or video camera
◆
Geared center column with crank to adjust
camera height (SDV-30 only)
www.bhphotovideo.com
SLIK
U SERIES
U212DX 3-Way Video/Photo Tripod
This is the world’s most legendary, all-purpose tripod. Designed for use with a wide range of
cameras weighing up to 5.5 lbs. Ideal when using slow shutter speeds, flash shots, telephoto
or zoom lenses, where absolute steadiness is critical.
Rectangular legs maintain torsional strength while retractable rubber leg tips with spikes allow all terrain
use. Each leg can be individually adjusted to compensate for unusual surfaces and ground level shots.
◆
The quick release camera post is smaller than most quick release plates and can be left on the camera
almost all the time.
TRIPODS
◆
◆A
uniqe lens calibrated panorama guide eliminates the angular calculations normally required for
effective panoramic photos. When using 28mm, 50mm or 100mm lenses, a panoramic series of photos
can easily be made by panning from one calibrated guide mark to the next.
◆
Geared center column makes fine height adjustments easy. There’s even a bubble level to establish
accurate positioning.
SLU212
$
95
◆A
threaded mounting post on one leg lets you bring the camera down to just 8 ˝ from the ground for
low angle photos, macro photography in the field, or copy work.
◆
99
Accessory flash holder is available for low-angle shooting and copy work. Also useful to avoid
“red-eye” problems by moving the flash away from the camera.
Sprint Pro with
built-in short center
column make it
possible for the
Sprint Pro to get just
6.3˝ off the ground
Decades of experience and a wealth of accumulated photographic knowledge, combined with state-of-theart engineering, have been instrumental in helping Slik create tripods that are amazingly light, yet offer
remarkable strength and stability. And the Sprint Series is no exception. Designed as a lightweight solution
for the traveling photographer, the Sprint series include a durable ball head and will support the average
SLR camera set-up. They weigh under 2 lbs. and fold very compact for effortless travel. When used with the
built-in short center column, (the included center column unscrews into two pieces) the camera is just 6.4˝
off the ground for extremely low angle or macro photography out in the field.
Maximum Height
Standard
Pro
Pro 3-Way
43.3˝
63.1˝
64.3˝
64.3˝
Minimum Height
6.4˝
17.5˝
6.4˝
6.4˝
Folded Length
14.2
17.9˝
18.9˝
18.9˝
Load Capacity
3.5 lbs
4.4 lbs
5.5 lbs
5.5 lbs
Leg Sections
Indepent Leg Spread
Center Column Sections
4
4
4
4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
1
2
2
Sliding
Sliding (Reversible)
Sliding (Reversible)
Sliding (Reversible)
Flip Levers
Flip Levers
Flip Levers
Flip Levers
Head Mount Thread Size
1/4-20˝
1/4-20˝
1/4-20˝
1/4-20˝
Weight
1.6 lbs
1.9 lbs
1.9 lbs
1.9 lbs
Center Column Type
Leg Lock Type
Sprint Pro
Mini
Sprint Silver Mini Tripod (SLSMS) ....................................................59.95
Sprint Silver Pro Tripod (SLSPS) .......................................................79.95
Sprint Gunmetal Black Mini Tripod (SLSMB) ..................................59.95
Sprint Gunmetal Black Pro Tripod (SLSPB) .....................................79.95
Sprint Silver Standard Tripod (SLSS) ...............................................69.95
Sprint Gunmetal Black Tripod with 3-way Head (SLSPBQ) ............84.95
Sprint Gunmetal Standard Black Tripod (SLSB) ..............................................................................................................................................................69.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
495
SPRINT SERIES
SLIK
PRO SERIES
300DX
TRIPODS
Built with the photo enthusiast in mind, the 300DX combines many design advances in this
utility tripod. The legs of the 300DX set up and fold down securely, just loosen and tighten the leg
lock knob to extend or shorten them. 3 position adjustable angle leg locks make for easy set up on
uneven ground or steps. These leg locks also allow the height of the tripod to be lowered. Combine
this feature with the optional 300DX Short Column and the tripod can be lowered to just 14˝
the for very low angle or macro photography in the field.
For even lower angle photography or copy work, the standard gearless center column can be
reversed (turn upside down) so that the head is at the bottom of the center column, giving
you the ability to photograph with the camera just a few inches off the ground.
SL300DX
$
95
99
300DX Pan Head
496
The 300DX tripod comes with the compact 300DX Pan Head. Made from solid, precision-machined aluminum, this all-metal head has the strength and durability to handle a wide variety of digital and 35mm
cameras and lenses. The 3-way pan head has a metal quick release plate that positively locks into the head.
One lever operation of the quick release lock allows fast mounting and un-mounting of the camera.
Pro 330DX with 3-Way Pan Head
Available in black or natural A.M.T. super alloy finish, the compact and easy-to-carry Pro
330DX has the strength and versatility of a larger studio tripod. It supports cameras up to 9 lbs.
making it perfect for the photographer with a digital camera or lightweight SLR camera and
lens. Plus the head is removable, so that a variety of other heads, like one of the Slik ball heads,
can be used in place of the included all-metal 3-way pan head with quick release. The emphasis
on the Pro 300 DX is ease of use. Set-up is easy with secure, yet fast speed release (lever) leg
locks, gearless center column for quick height adjustments and 3-position adjustable angle legs.
◆
Slik’s exclusive A.M.T. super titanium alloy legs make the Pro 330DX
lighter than similar tripods, but with more rigidity for a more secure
hold on your camera. It also makes the Pro 330DX an economical
alternative to more expensive carbon fiber tripods.
◆
Using Tri-Tanium, a super-strength, aerospace alloy comprised of
aluminum, magnesium and titanium (A.M.T.), the tripod has a
strength-to-weight ratio more than 40% greater than comparable
tripods, while allowing the tripod to be 25% lighter in weight.
◆
3-way pan head with quick release camera mount, as well as precise,
individual locking controls for pan and tilt movements.
◆
Has an easy-to-grasp oversized locking collar, sealed-channel “D”
shaped leg extension segments, gearless center column and
individual 3-position leg angle adjustment.
◆
Special rubber leg tips provide maximum traction outdoors.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
◆
The leg angle locks allow you to set the tripod to 3 different height
positions. Each lock is independent, so you can set up quickly and
easily on steps, or uneven terrain. The adjustable angle can also
be used to lower the camera for extremely low angle or macro
photography out in the field.
◆
Lever Lock, the easiest to use leg lock. Lift lever to unlock, push
lever to lock. It lets you extend or shoten a leg without taking your
eyes off your subject.
◆
Folds down small to just 23.5˝, extends to a maximum height of
63˝ and weighs just 3.3 lbs. making it great for traveling.
Pro 330DX Black (SLP330DXHB) .......................................................89.95
Pro 330DX Titanium (SLP330DXHT) ................................................89.95
Short Column for 330DX (SLCCSP330DX): A short center column for
the lowest possible camera angle with the legs fully spread..........13.95
SLIK
PRO SERIES
Pro 400DX with 3-Way Pan Head
and Circular Quick Release
◆
Speed release leg locks make the Pro 400 DX a
breeze to set up and take down.
◆
Folded length of just 25˝ and soft grip padded legs,
make this lightweight tripod even easier to carry.
◆
The head is removable, so that a variety of other
heads can be used in place of the included 3-way
pan head with quick release plate.
◆
Despite its lightweight it supports up to 10 lbs.
◆
3-position leg angle locks allow lowering the tripod
to for very low angle or macro photography work.
Just unscrew the built-in short center column into
two pieces and it becomes 6.5˝ shorter. That allows
the camera to be only 14˝off the ground with the
legs at their lowest position.
TRIPODS
The Pro 400 DX is an all-metal tripod, which is more than suitable for digital or 35mm SLR
cameras and medium format cameras. It has the same features as the Pro 330DX (except the
all-metal construction vs. alloy), it adds soft grip padded legs and has a short center column
built in. Just unscrew the column into two pieces and it becomes 6.5˝ shorter. That allows the
camera to be only 14˝ off the ground with the legs at their lowest position.
Pro 400DX Tripod
with 3-Way Pan/Tilt Head
(SL400DXPH) ................109.95
Pro 330DX
Pro 400DX
Pro 700DX
Maximum Height
61˝
63˝
61˝
74.8˝
Minimum Height
18.5˝
18.5˝
13˝
24.4˝
Folded Length
25.8˝
23.6˝
25.6˝
29.9˝
Load Capacity
11 lbs.
6.63 lbs.
11 lbs.
15 lbs
3
3
3
3
Leg Sections
Center Column Type
Sliding
Sliding
Sliding
Sliding
Weight
5.75 lbs.
3.31 lbs.
5.8 lbs.
7 lbs
PRO 700DX with All-Metal 3-Way Pan Head
Capable of handling the weight of heavy, long telephoto lenses, the PRO 700 DX offer professional photographers and advanced amateurs the strength and stability they need while it’s size,
and the use of A. M. T. alloy, make it light and very portable.
Step-up Features (from the PRO 400 DX):
◆
Pro 700DX Tripod
with 3-Way Pan/Tilt Head
(SL700DX) .....................129.95
Slik’s exclusive A.M.T. super titanium alloy legs
make the PRO 700 DX tripod rocksteady yet
lighter than it looks. The A. M. T. alloy has a 40%
greater strength to weight ratio than standard
aluminum, meaning the legs are lighter weight yet
stronger than the standard metal used in most of
today’s tripods.
◆ “Lift-n-lock” center column with dual locking
control
◆ Supports cameras up to 15 lbs.
◆ Reversible head attachment screw on the center
elevation post lets you use head with either large
or small screw holes
◆
Minimum camera height is 22˝ with standard center
column. Optional short center column allows the the
tripod to be lowered to just 15˝ above ground for
very low angle, or macro photography in the field.
◆
The all-metal 3-way pan head has one of the fastest
and easiest to use quick release plates in the industry.
The circular quick release plate can secure the camera
to the tripod pointing in any direction, making
attaching your camera (once the quick release plate is
attached) more intuitive than most other heads that
have squared off or angled plates.
◆
Dual axis bubble level (2 bubble levels) for easy
leveling, recessed against damage.
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
497
P R O S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Able 300DX
SLIK
PROFESSIONAL CARBON FIBER SERIES
498
TRIPODS
The Stealth Tripods
Pro 713 CF II
The PRO 713 CFII, PRO 813 CFII, PRO814 CFII and PRO 883 CF-D
take carbon fiber to new heights of lightweight portability, while being
the most inexpensive carbon fiber tripods available! Perfect for 35mm
and digital camera owners, even medium format users will appreciate
their ultra light weight. The feature dual 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ mounting studs
on both ends of their center columns, multi-angle leg adjustments for
use on uneven terrain and can operate at a height of 12˝ without the
need of the short center column.
◆
Made from an advanced multi-layered carbon fiber material, which is approximately
40% lighter than the equivalent aluminum, they weigh under 4 lbs. But that is not
the only advantage. With their three telescoping leg sections (4 on the 814 CF)
they fold to a compact 19-23˝ making them even easier to carry. The PRO 883
CF-D uses D shaped carbon fiber tubing to prevent to legs from turning when setting-up or folding down.
◆
They have 3-position adjustable angle legs locks for easy set up on uneven ground
or steps. These leg locks combined with the optional (supplied with the PRO 883
CF-D) short column allow the tripods to be lowered to just 7˝ for extreme low
angle or macro photography in the field.
◆
You can invert the center column to get an extremely low angle shot. By reversing
the center column, combined with the adjustable angle legs locks, the camera can
be positioned just an inch or two off the ground! It’s an excellent technique for
copying flatwork such as photographs as well.
◆
Each of the carbon fiber tripods have a patented double nut ring twist lock on
each leg section to tighten the leg securely to hold up to 10 pounds of camera gear.
◆
The PRO 883 CF-D has Slik Speed-release Leg Locks. Instead of using a twist
lock, the Speed-release lock has a one-lever operation that makes setting-up and
folding down very fast and easy.
◆
Each tripod has padded “Leg Wraps” around the top leg section. The padded
wraps make carrying the tripod much more comfortable and add a mere 4 oz to
the weight of each tripod, keeping them feather-light for easy traveling.
Pro 713 CF II (SLP713): 3-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod ...............................249.95
Pro 813 CF II (SLP813): 3-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod ...............................279.95
Pro 814 CF II (SLP814): 4-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod ...............................299.95
Pro 883 CF-D (SLP883): 3-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod...............................379.95
Pro 813 CF II
Pro 814 CF II
Pro 883 CF-D
S T E A LT H T R I P O D S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Pro 713 CF II
Pro 813 CF II
Pro 814 CF II
Pro 883 CF-D
Maximum Height
60.2˝
65.1˝
63.1˝
57.5˝
Minimum Height
12˝
11.8˝
12.2˝
8.66˝
Folded Length
22.6˝
23.4˝
19.2˝
25.5˝
Load Capacity
10 lbs.
12 lbs.
12 lbs.
13.5 lbs
Leg Sections
Center Column Type
Weight
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
3
3
4
3
Rapid
Rapid
Rapid
Geared
2.75 lbs.
3.4 lbs.
3.4 lbs.
7 lbs
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
SLIK
COMPACT CARBON FIBER SERIES
Pro 613 CF / Pro 614 CF
Pro 613 CF
Pro 614 CF
C O M PA C T C A R B O N F I B E R S E R I E S
Pro 613 CF
47.4˝
61.2˝
Minimum Height
3.9˝
4.35˝
Folded Length
16.3˝
17.9˝
Load Capacity
6.6 lbs.
6.6 lbs.
Leg Sections
Pro 614 CF (SLP614):
4-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod with a maximum height of 61˝ (eye
level), and a minimum height of 4.35˝ ..........................................259.95
Pro 614 CF
Maximum Height
Center Column Extension
Weight
3
4
11.8˝
11.8˝
1 lb. 9 oz.
1 lb. 14 oz.
TRIPOD ACCESSORIES
Clamp Head 38 (SLCH38)
Attached to a tripod leg or light stand, the clamp head will hold a camera rock-steady on an otherwise impossible
angle. It can be adjusted a full 360° horizontally and 180° vertically. Attach it to the lower part of a tripod leg for low
level shooting, or to the upper portion of the leg or center column to mount two cameras on a single tripod. Its load
capacity is 11 lbs., the platform size is 3.25 x 2˝ and it weighs 1.2 lbs .............................................................................49.95
Medium Tripod Case (SLTCM)
Made of heavy-duty material. It has an extra outside pocket, special ID window and
adjustable carry strap. 24 x 6.3 x 5.1˝.............................................................................14.95
Tripod
Case
Large Tripod Case (SLTCL)
Same as the Medium Tripod Case, but in a larger size. 30 x 9.5 x 8.3˝........................19.95
U700 Universal Dolly (SLDU700)
Individual leg holders lock your tripod securely in place and adjust to allow the use of
virtually any size tripod. Oversized 3˝ rubber wheels provide smooth rolling action, and
individual wheel locks secure tripod in place. Folds for easy carrying. Handy carry strap
included. Legs are all metal construction. Opens to 19.4˝, folds to 21 x 3.6 x 5.6˝ and
weighs 7.7 lbs .................................................................................................................109.95
U700 Universal Dolly
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
499
Pro 613 CF (SLP613):
3-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod with a 47.4˝ maximum height and 3.9˝
minimum height..............................................................................239.95
TRIPODS
The new Compact Carbon Fiber Series tripods use space-age
carbon fiber material to reduce weight and improve rigidity
for a more stable camera support. The Pro 613 CF folds
down to an incredibly small 16.3˝ and weighs 1.5 lbs, while
the Pro 614 CF folds down to 17.9˝ and weighs 2 lbs.
They both have Twist-Lock Leg Locks to insure sturdy
camera support. These legs allow them to support up to 6.6
pounds of camera equipment. These tripods are excellent
travelers, and they include a tripod bag that makes carrying
them more comfortable.
For low angle photography the PRO 613 CF and PRO 614
CF have SLIK multi-angle leg locks that allow the angle of
each leg to be positioned individually. Combined with the
included short column, the PRO 613 CF can be lowered to
just 4˝ from the ground (4.35˝ for the PRO 614 CF). The
multi-angle leg locks allow easy set-up and positioning on
uneven ground or steps.
SLIK
TRIPODS
PROFESSIONAL SERIES
Designed for the professional photographer that wont’ compromise,
where durability and steadfastness overshadow other concerns. The Pro
Series is a family of workhorse camera supports with ultra heavy-duty
construction. Use them with large format cameras (4x5, 8x10), medium
format, or digital SLRs and 35mm cameras with long heavy telephoto
lenses. Photographers that don’t travel light will find the heavy metal
construction of these tripods more than adequate. With professional
features like worm gear elevation of the center column, all metal leg and
joint construction, and the ability to hold up to 22 pounds of properly
balanced equipment, these tripods will give years of unyielding service.
— With a height of 783⁄4˝ (that’s 6´ 6˝ off the ground!) the Professional can
handle just about any shooting situation where absolute stability is required.
Professional 4
Professional II
500
— For those who need less height and lighter load capacity, the Professional II
supports up to 15 lbs. and has a maximum working height of 721⁄4˝. With a folded
length of 37 inches, this tripod makes taking this kind of durability on the road
just a little bit easier.
— For those who need to get above the crowd, the Professional 4 will elevate your camera to new heights. With a maximum working height of
99.5˝ (that’s 81⁄4´) this solid draft horse of a tripod will empower you to experience a new higher perspective in your photography.
■
Made of heavy duty construction, they are
designed to shrug off the abuses of professional use, allowing you to concentrate on
creativity while assuring you of a rock-solid
base for sharp, magnificent images.
■
3-position leg angle adjustment locks allow
you to set the tripods to 3 different height
positions. Each lock is independent, so you
can set up quickly and easily on steps, or
uneven terrain.
■
Rugged, round tubular legs are grooved,
so unlike standard tubular legs, they
won’t turn while you’re tightening or
loosening the leg locks of any section.
Allows simple and secure locking and lets
you extend the leg from any section,
regardless of the order.
■
Oversized, “Sof-Touch” rubber contoured
leg locks fit and feel pleasant. They let you
lock securely with minimum force.
■
By exchanging the center elevation column
with the optional short center column you
can go very low. Makes it ideal for macro,
copy work and low angle applications.
■
The professional series can be used with a
wide variety of cameras. The reversible
head attachment screw on the center elevation post lets you use heads with either
large or small screw holes. The screw not
in use fits into the side of the head where
it's out of the way but always handy.
■
10 cm indexed reference marks on each
second leg section permit precise leg height
adjustments, while the specially designed
rubber leg tips keep the tripod balanced,
and stable, by always maintaining plane
contacts with the ground.
Precision worm gear elevation center
columns provide for critical elevation control. The positive worm gear design assures
that there is no slippage or drifting, with
heavy equipment, even if the center column
is left unlocked.
The Professional Head
Every bit as important as the legs is the tripod head. the Professional Pan
Head is a solidly constructed 3-way pan head with the features that
uncompromising photographers are looking for.
■
Large built-in camera platform to handle the
mount bases on 4x5 and 8x10 view cameras.
■
The head has dual axis bubble levels for easy
accurate leveling of your camera. The bubble
levels are recessed in the camera platform to
protect against being damage.
■
This head has both large (3/8-16) and
standard (1/4-20) threaded camera mounting
posts. When one is not in use, the post fits into
a socket in the side of the head where it
is out of the way yet always available.
Professional 3-Way Panhead (SLPH):
For the Professional and Professional 4 tripod...........................................................154.95
Professional II 3-Way Panhead (SLP2H):
Same as above, but scaled to work with the Professional II tripod...........................124.95
ONE HOUR FREE PARKING
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
■
AT 349 W. 34th STREET (with purchase of $100 or more)
SLIK
MASTER CLASSIC SERIES
TRIPODS
The best materials and an easyt-to-use design, has established the Master Classic
as an enduring tradition among camera supports. Day in, day out, the Master
Classic continues to provide solid and reliable camera support for photographers
worldwide. Harkening back to the founding days of the company, the Master
Classic features durable all metal leg and joint construction, secure twist lock legs
with a texture grip finish on the locking rings for easy operation, and a geared center column for precise height adjustments. The ability to support over 12 lbs.
makes it excellent for digital and 35mm SLR cameras with long telephoto lenses.
Master Classic Head
The 2-way pan head has traditional all-metal construction with simple sturdy one lever operation. When released, the head can move in two directions, it can tilt up and down and pan left
or right. These directions of movement make the head an ideal choice for long telephoto lenses, like 300mm f/2.8, 400mm f/5.6 or 500mm f/4.5. Following a subject, such as a bird in
flight, is easy with this head. The tension of movement can be adjusted by turning the release
lever slightly to match the weight of the camera and lens being used.
◆
The camera mount plate, while not removable, has a small release lever on one side that allows
the mount plate to rotate 360°; and be locked down at any point.
◆
The camera mount post is spring-loaded and can be adjusted by turning the tensioner to
match the tread depth of the lens or camera being used. This allows for more secure mounting
of heavy equipment on the head.
501
◆
P R O F E S S I O N A L S E R I E S A N D M A S T E R C L A S S I C S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Professional
Professional II
Professional 4
Maximum Height
78.8˝
72.3˝
99.5˝
Master Classic
64˝
Minimum Height
23.2˝
23.3˝
23.2˝
24.2˝
Folded Length
40.9˝
31.9˝
42.3˝
25.5˝
Load Capacity
22 lbs.
16 lbs.
22 lbs.
13.2 lbs
Leg Sections
Center Column Type
Weight
3
3
4
3
Worm Gear
Worm Gear
Worm Gear
Geared with tension control
13.9 lbs.
7 lbs.
15.2 lbs.
5.5 lbs.
Professional Tripod (SLP) ......399.95
Professional II Tripod (SLP2L) ......234.95
Professional II Tripod with Pro II Panhead (SLP2) ......349.95
Master Classic Tripod (SLMC) .........................................................139.95
Professional 4 Tripod with Pro Head Panhead (SLP4) ...................499.95
QUICK RELEASE PLATES
A.
A. Quick Release Platform for the 504QF II (SLQRP503QF) ...........................................................................9.95
D.
G.
B. Quick Release Platform for the ABLE 300 DX (SLQR300DX) ...................................................................14.95
H.
D. Quick Release Platform for the 505QF (SLQRS505QF) .............................................................................13.95
C. Quick Release Platform for the E-Z Pod (SLQRSEZP).................................................................................9.95
B.
E. Quick Release Platform for the Pro 700 DX and Ballhead 800 (1/4-20 mount) (SLQR.25PB800) .........14.95
E.
F. Quick Release Platform for the Pro 700 DX and Ballhead 800 (3/8 mount) (SLQR38P800) ................19.95
G. Quick Release Platform for the AF-2100 Triger Release Ballhead (SLQRP112AF) .................................13.95
C.
H. Quick Release Post for the U212 (SLQRP) ...................................................................................................6.95
F.
I.
I. Quick Release Platform for the U9000, 8000, 6600 (SLQRSU8000) .............................................................9.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
SLIK
BALL HEADS
Ball Head 800
502
TRIPODS
AF 2100 Pistol Grip Head
The world’s original, and most popular
trigger-style ball head, the patented
and award-winning AF 2100 takes
photography on a tripod to a new level.
The key is in the trigger handle.
It has an over sized trigger release that
you squeeze to release and freely move
the head. When you have moved your
camera to the desired position, just
release the trigger and the ball head
locks firmly into place, at any angle.
This smooth and natural movement
makes the ball head feel like more on an extension of our hand
than any other ball head available.
◆
Use with all makes and models of tripods with 1/4˝-20 or 3/8˝-16
threaded center column posts. Quick release plate allows fast action
mounting or removal of the camera platform. Base diameter is 2.0˝
◆
The AF 2100 handle is large enough for photographers with large
hands to have a solid grip, but sized so that those with smaller hands
will be able to use it with comfort and ease.
◆
A medium size ballhead with tension
control and built-in quick release which
can be used with medium format cameras
(with standard lenses) as well as 35mm
cameras with most telephoto lenses, the
Ball Head 800 is strong, sturdy, and easy
to use. Handles loads up to 11 lbs.
◆
Using the same quick release system as
the PRO 700 DX tripod head, the Ball
Head 800 has one of the fastest and easiest quick release plates in the industry.
◆
The circular quick release plat securess the camera to the tripod
pointing in any direction, making it easier to attach your camera
than other heads that have squared off or angled plates.
◆
Precision machining, polishing of all moving parts and an oversized, easy grip release knob for fine tension adjustments.
Standard Ball Head II
Simple, reliable and inexpensive. Created
from precision machined aluminum
components and advanced high impact
polymers, the Standard Ball Head II will
yield years of trustworthy service.
Handles up to 5 lbs.
Capable of handling more than 10 lbs. of equipment, the AF 2100 can
easily support a 300mm f/2.8 lens with a heavy pro camera body.
◆A
convenient thumb switch on the handle locks and unlocks the
quick release shoe, which means that circular quick release plate can
rotate over 220° and be locked at any point. There is also a separate
safety release button so that the quick release plate can only be
removed from the head when it is pressed. Your camera is securely
attached to the AF 2100 until you decide to remove it.
◆
PRO 700 DX 3-Way Head
Made from solid, precision-machined
aluminum, this all-metal, 3-way pan head
that has the strength and durability to
handle a long telephoto lens such as a 300
f/2.8 or 80-400mm zoom lens.
◆
Large, circular mount area gives your
camera the proper support while the
free turning anti-scratch plate within
the head will protect the bottom of
your camera from damage. Also
reduces the likelyhood that your
camera could get jammed on the head.
The perfectly sized release lever makes releasing and locking the
head in any position very convenient and easier to use than other
ball heads having small release knobs which can be over tightened and make fine tension adjustments difficult.
The PRO 700 DX is revolutionary because
of its unique quick release system, one of
the fastest and easiest to use in the
industry. Slik created a circular quick
release plate that can be secured to the
tripod with the camera pointing in any direction, making attaching
your camera (once the Slik quick release plate is attached) more
intuitive than most other heads. This is unlike squared off or
angled plates which allows the camera to be attached, in one, or at
most two positions. With speedy mounting of the camera to the
head meaning you can be ready to shoot in less time.
Scaled down in size, not in quality, the
Compact Ball Head matches perfectly
with today’s compact cameras. Using
a combination of aluminum and
high-impact polymers, the head supports
an impressive 3.5 lbs., while providing
years of dependable service.
◆
For leveling of the camera, the head has dual axis bubble levels
recessed in the quick release’s mount base so the camera can be
easily leveled once it is attached. It has a standard 3/8˝ mount so
that it can be used with tripods from other manufacturers as well.
Knurled locking lever and camera
mount provide extra grip, making it
easy to mount and un-mount the camera from the ball head.
◆
An optimum sized circular mount gives your camera the proper
support while the free turning anti-scratch plate within the head
ensures the bottom of your camera isn’t damaged and greatly
reduces the likelyhood that your camera gets jammed on the head.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
Compact Ball Head
SLIK
BALL HEADS
SBH-60, SBH-100 and SBH-120
Economical and Compact Ball Heads
Benefiting from all metal construction, these heads will be able to
handle many years of normal use.
When the head is released, not only does the ball portion of the head
move freely, the main body encasing the head can turn on its base for
quick and easy movement as well. The base of the head has easy-toread degree marking for panoramic photography.
The SBH-280 is capable of handling a digital SLR or 35mm film
cameras. The SBH-320 is recommended for medium format cameras
and can be used with digital backs or telephoto lenses. The SBH-550
can handle long telephoto lenses and 4x5 field or view cameras.
AF
A 2100 Pistol Grip Head (SLAF2100) ......................................................................................................................................................................79.95
SBH-100 Compact Ball Head (SLBHC100) ...................................19.95
PRO 700 DX 3-Way Head (SL700DXPH) .......................................59.95
Ball Head 800 (SLBHP800)..............................................................79.95
SBH-120 Compact Ball Head (SLBHC120) ...................................29.95
Standard Ball Head II (SLBHS2) ...................................................49.95
SBH-280 Professional Ball Head (SLBHP280) ..............................99.95
Compact Ball Head (SLBHC) ........................................................29.95
SBH-320 Professional Ball Head (SLBHP320) ............................129.95
SBH-60 Compact Ball Head (SLBHC60) .......................................16.95
SBH-550 Professional Ball Head (SLBHP550) ............................159.95
B A L L H E A D S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
AF 2100
Load Capacity
Tripod Mounting Screw
Weight
Height
10 lbs.
Dual 1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝-16
1.88 lbs.
5.3˝
Pro 700 DX
15 lbs.
1/4˝-20
2.2 lbs.
4.7˝
Ball Head 800
6.6 lbs.
3/8˝-16 (with removable 1/4˝-20 insert)
1.6 lbs.
4.7˝
Standard Ball Head II
11 lbs.
1/4˝-20
0.66 lbs.
3.9˝
Compact Ball Head
6.5 lbs.
1/4˝-20
0.29 lbs.
3.2˝
SBH-60
1.25 lbs.
1/4˝-20
1.7 oz.
1.9˝
SBH-100
3.5 lbs.
1/4˝-20
3.5 oz.
2.5˝
SBH-120
4.5 lbs.
Dual 1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝-16
4.6 oz.
2.95˝
SBH-280
11 lbs.
3/8˝-16 (with removable 1/4˝-20 insert)
0.54 oz.
3.7˝
SBH-320
15.4 lbs.
Dual 1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝-16
11.9 oz.
3.95˝
SBH-550
22 lbs.
Dual 1/4˝-20 and 3/8˝-16
0.8 oz.
4.6˝
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
503
The SBH-60 is the smallest of the series and is designed primarily for
compact lightweight point-and-shoot digital and film cameras. The
intermediate sized SBH-100 can handle a larger point-and-shoot
digital camera, bridge camera or lightweight SLR. The SBH-120 is
designed for light to intermediate weight SLR cameras.
Slik’s professional ball
heads are made from
finely machined and
carefully anodized
hardened aluminum parts
that are designed to give
many years of troublefree smooth operation.
The heads feature an
easy to use, single knob
operation to lock or
release the ball connected
to the camera plate. The
knob is oversized and has
a well-textured surface for a sure grip in any conditions.
TRIPODS
Very similar in design,
Slik’s economical and
compact ball heads differ
in size and load capacity.
They have an easy to
operate one lever release
that allows the ball head
to move and then locks
it into place when the
camera is at the desired
position. Differing
themselves from many
inexpensive ball heads on
the market, the base of
these heads can rotate in addition to the ball movement. This makes
horizontal movement of the camera much easier.
SBH-280, SBH-320 and SBH-550
Professional Ball Heads
SLIK
MONOPODS
TRIPODS
Although a Monopod cannot stand by itself, it gives you an easy, go-anywhere support system for your camera, and
eliminates that undesirable vertical movement created whren your camera is hand-held. Your pictures are shaper and clearer.
Lighter and more compact than a tripod, Slik monopods offer greater mobility for covering fast-moving action.
Pro Pod 381 CF
Whether a professional nature photographers or a photographer that travels a lot, you will
benefit from the amazing abilities of carbon fiber and the Pro Pod 381 CF.
◆ Made from an advanced multi-layered
◆ Small size and featherweight makes it a
natural on any photo backpack, you’ll
carbon fiber material, approximately
almost forget it’s there!
40% lighter, but just as rigid as the
equivalent aluminum, the Pro Pod 381
◆ Has a patented double nut ring twist
CF weighs less than a pound without
lock on each leg section to tighten the
head! It also folds down to less than
leg securely to hold up to 10 pounds of
camera gear.
20˝ in length.
Pro Pod
381 CF
Pro Pod 381 CF (SLPP381CF)..................................................................................................129.95
504
Pro Pod 600
Slik’s exclusive A.M.T. super titanium alloy legs make the Pro Pod 600 rock solid steady yet
lighter than it looks. The A. M. T. alloy has a 40% greater strength to weight ratio than standard aluminum, meaning the tubing used in this monopod is lighter weight yet stronger
than the standard metal used in any of today’s monopods.
◆
4 leg section design folds down to a very
compact 21˝ but when fully extended the
monopod is 63˝ tall before adding a ball
head (heads are optional).
◆
Capable of handling heavy professional
SLR cameras and long telephoto lenses
up to 800mm, the PRO POD 600 is
perfect for sports or nature photography.
◆
Grooved tubular leg extends smoothly
and will not turn whle leg leg locks are
tightened or loosened.
◆
◆
Speed release leg locks make setting up
easy, fast, and secure.
Firm-grip surface provides a strong hold
in any weather conditions while the wrist
strap can be used to further the stability
of the monopod.
Pro Pod 600
Pro Pod 600 (SLPP600) ...........................79.95
Mono Pod 350
Lighter than the Pro Pod 600, the Mono Pod 350 is designed for use with lighter cameras.
◆
4 leg section design folds down to a very
compact 20˝ but when fully extended the
monopod is 63˝ tall and weighs less than
1 pound before adding a ball head.
◆
Speed release leg locks make setting up
easy, fast, and secure.
◆
The lightweight aluminum leg sections
have an indented groove that prevents
the individual sections from turning
during set-up or folding down, keeping
the legs sections perfectly aligned.
◆
Includes padded grip & swivel carry strap
Pro Pod 350
Mono Pod 350 (SLM350) ..........................................................................................................29.95
P R O P O D S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Pro Pod 381 CF
Maximum
Height
Folded
Length
Load
Capacity
Leg
Sections
Leg Lock
Type
Head Mount
Thread
Weight
63.1˝
19.7˝
11 lbs.
4
Twist Lock
1/4 - 20˝
13.4 oz.
Pro Pod 600
63˝
21˝
11 lbs.
4
Flip Levers
1/4 - 20˝
1.33 lbs.
Pro Pod 350
63˝
20˝
8 lbs.
4
Flip Levers
1/4 - 20˝
13.4 oz.
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
SLIK
MONOPODS
E-Z Pod
Often imitated, never improved. For years the E-Z Pod has been the choice of enthusiast
around the world to shoot special events with much less bounce or shake. With its retracting
video indexing pin, rubberized quick release camera platform and unique floating height
adjustment, ethe E-Z Pod gives you easy, precise, push button, eye-level camera height control, as well as fast mounting of your camera.
The top section is made with a handle
that is thicker than a normal monopod
making it easy and comfortable to grip.
◆
Within the handle is a spring loaded top
section that allows you to easily make
final height adjustments with just one
hand.
◆A
folding foot brace keeps the bottom of
the monopod secure in any surface.
◆
One of the buttons releases the spring so
the height can be adjusted up or down
about 5˝, the other button locks the
spring into place once the perfect height
has been reached.
◆
Quick release plate allows for fast
mounting and removal of cameras.
◆
5 legs section mean that this monopod
folds down to a very compact 18˝.
E-Z Pod
TRIPODS
◆
E-Z Pod Jr.
E-Z Pod (SLEZP) .......................................................................................................................49.95
E-Z Pod Jr.
Same leg locks and QR video plate as the E-Z Pod but without the spring loaded fine height
adjustment feature. 5-section legs allow this monopod to fold down to just 20˝.
Quick release platform is perfect for fast
camera mounting and removal
◆
Five section, rigid tubular legs extend to
63˝ and folds down to 20˝.
◆
Panhead adjusts for desired tilt movement
◆
Single-action speed release locks
505
◆
E-Z Pod Jr. (SLEZPJ) .................................................................................................................39.95
Slim Pod
Slim Pod
The sturdy, ultra-thin and lightweight rigid aluminum Slim Pod has a built-in head and
weighs just 10 ounces. 4-section single-action speed release leg locks make setting up easy,
fast, and secure. This full-length monopod extends to 59.5˝.
◆
Four leg sections give you true eyelevel
◆ Adjustable panhead provides vertical tilt
and horizontal panning action
operation
Slim Pod (SLSP)........................................................................................................................24.95
Lighty Pod II
Lighty Pod II
This all metal monopod features 5-section legs with section speed release leg locks, a supplied
compact ball head for quick and smooth position changes and easy-to-operate flip-lock leg
levers. When fully extended, it is over 63˝ tall.
◆
Grooved design prevents leg rotation
◆ Heavy-duty wrist strap ensures a secure
while locking and unlocking
grip when you are moving about
Lighty Pod II (SLLP2) ...............................................................................................................49.95
M O N O P O D S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
E-Z Pod
E-Z Pod Jr.
Maximum
Height
Folded
Length
Load
Capacity
Leg
Sections
Leg Lock
Type
Head Mount
Thread
Weight
62.7˝
18.5˝
8.5 lbs.
5
Flip Levers
1/4 - 20˝
1.5 lbs.
63˝
20.3˝
8.5 lbs.
5
Flip Levers
1/4 - 20˝
1 lb.
Slim Pod
59.5˝
20˝
2.75 lbs.
4
Flip Levers
1/4 - 20˝
0.63 lb.
Lighty Pod II
63.3˝
20.6˝
6.6 lbs.
5
Flip Levers
1/4 - 20˝
1 lb.
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
S U N PA K
COMPACT & MINI TRIPODS
506
TRIPODS
Mini Series Tripods
The Mini-Plus, Mini-PRO Plus and Mini-PRO Plus/B tripods are ready to fill any
small tripod need. The Mini-Plus, with its distinctive champagne finish, is the ultimate in compact yet full-feature design. Its 3-way head with built-in bubble level
and retractable video indexing pin features a short panning knob to maintain its
ultra compact design. The pan head is easily removed for use with other Sunpak
accessories, such as the Sunpak Compact Ballhead.
Mini-Plus
Mini-PRO Plus
(SUMP)
Leg extensions include both twist locks
for the middle leg section, and a
quick-pull for the lower leg section,
extending the working height to over
12˝, yet folding down to a mere 8.5˝
and weighing only 13.7 oz. The center
column is secured with an oversized
locking collar, while the lower end of
the column has a suction cup mount
to adhere to smooth surfaces. This is
ideal for when using the tripod with
longer focal lenses, to prevent camera
tip-over. ........................................18.95
(SUMPP)
Identical to the Mini-Plus in features, the Mini-PRO
Plus has an extendable panhandle that affords users
more precise panning control. The Mini-PRO Plus
has a maximum height of 12.2˝, yet folds to less
than 8˝ and weighs only 14.9 oz ........................21.95
Mini-PRO Plus/B
Mini-Plus
Mini-PRO Plus
(SUMPPBH)
The Mini-PRO Plus/B, in black anodized finish,
features Sunpak’s Compact Ballhead. With its large
locking knob and full 90° tilt for vertical format, the
Mini-PRO Plus/B – as with all Mini-Series tripods –
has a load capacity exceeding 2 lbs. 3 oz ...........29.95
Mini-PRO Plus/B
A leading manufacturer, Sunpak has developed a reputation as an innovator devoted to the highest level of product quality.
Sunpak tripods are amazingly light, yet offer remarkable strength and stability, and their uniquely engineered designs and wide
selection allow you to choose just the right support to hold your camera steady at any angle, indoors or out, on virtually any terrain.
Plus, all tripods, monopods and ball heads carry Sunpak’s exclusive Lifetime Warranty.
VersiPod Tabletop Tripod
The Sunpak VersiPod may well be the most versatile miniature tripod ever
invented. Targeted at today’s fast-paced, instant-communication lifestyle, the
VersiPod lets you take sharper photos with almost any ultra-compact digital
or film camera, and even pen-sized cameras. Thanks to its fully adjustable,
lockable ball head and ingenious, padded, caliper-type, swing-arm camera
cradle that’s adjustable from 3/16 to 21⁄4˝ wide, the VersiPod provides a secure
platform for practically any pocketable imaging device on the planet.
Telescopic-rubber tipped legs extend to a 10˝ height—perfect for shooting at
parties, in restaurants, offices, or your living room—anywhere there’s a flat
surface. When you’re through, just unscrew the camera cradle, collapse the
legs and stow the VersiPod in its handsome, included carrying pouch and slide
it into a jacket pocket or pocketbook. It’s so cool looking and useful, you’ll
never want to be without it!
VersiPod Silver/Clear Tripod (SUVPS) ...11.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
VersiPod Blue Tripod (SUVPBL) ..............11.95
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
VersiPod Red Tripod (SUVPR) .................11.95
S U N PA K
COMPACT & MINI TRIPODS
2002 Pocket Tripod with Two Leg Sections
(SUP2) ....................................7.95
Tabletop Tripod with Flexible Legs (SUFL): A tabletop tripod with flexible
legs to suport a compact digital or 35mm camera ......................................3.95
2002 Pocket
Tripod
Mini Flat
Tripod
2003 Pocket Tripod with Three Leg Sections (SUP3): The 2003 is a mini
pocket tripod, ideal for use with a compact digital or 35mm camera. Three
leg sections extends the tripod to 9.75˝. Can go down very low, minimum
height is only 2.75˝. Folds to 7˝....................................................................9.95
2003
Pocket
Tripod
Tabletop
Tripod with
Flexible Legs
1001D Tabletop Tripod with Mini Ball Head (SU1001D): Mini tabletop
tripod ideal for use with a compact digital or 35mm camera. Three leg
sections extends the tripod to 11.5˝. Minimum height is 6.75˝. Folds to
7.25˝. Includes a pouch case .......................................................................14.95
Compact SXL
Compact SXL
(SUSXL)
(SUCDXL)
Designed for use with digital or film cameras, the Compact DXL weighs in at a feather-light
24.9 oz, while supporting loads of up to 3.3 lbs. This sturdy, rugged tripod adjusts to a
maximum height of 43.5˝, while folding down to a compact 14.6˝. Its convenient center column
tension adjustment collar helps reduce sudden movement when adjusting the tripod’s height,
making it ideal for use with camcorders.
Each leg of the Compact DXL has three separate leg extensions, and each segment may be withdrawn or extended as needed, so positioning your tripod on uneven terrain is easy. Center leg
braces provide maximum stability, while quick release leg locks and easy to use handles, knobs
and levers make operation a breeze .............................................................................................22.95
7001D Camera Tripod
With a comfortable full working height of 58.3˝, and load capacity of up to 4.4 lbs, the 7001D is an ideal choice for
working with digital as well as conventional film cameras. The 7001D is equipped with a rack and pinion geared
center column for precise height adjustments, while its tension adjustment collar minimizes any sudden movement
when adjusting the tripod’s height.
◆
For precision control, the 7001D’s Universal Pan-head is equipped with both tilt and pan reference marks,
making it easy for you to quickly and accurately return to any previous settings.
◆
Separate leg extensions on each leg enable you to set your equipment at a comfortable height on even and
uneven terrain, while retractable leg spikes and metal center leg braces provide maximum stability and
added strength.
◆
A quick release platform with built-in bubble level enables precise leveling
7001D Camera Tripod (SU7001D) ........................................................................................................................29.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
507
Like it’s name implies, the Compact SXL tripod is sure to please backpackers and travelers alike,
easily fitting into a backpack or packed luggage case size. At only 14.6˝ when folded, and weighing less than 1.6 lbs., the tripod quickly extends to a comfortable working height of 43.5˝, aided
by its four-section legs, and fast lift and lock center column with ribbed locking collar.
Folding metal leg braces add stability, while the quick lever leg locks permit quick setups and
height adjustments. Non-skid rubber leg tips provide maximum traction outdoors and protection to surfaces indoors. The two-way head, rated for equipment up to 3 lbs. 6 oz., has separate
locking pan and tilt controls to provide easy adjustment, for fast action photos. Comes in a professional black anodized finish .....................................................................................................21.95
Compact DXL
Compact DXL
1001D
Tabletop
Tripod
TRIPODS
Mini Flat Tripod (SUMF): This tripod folds totaly flat and is only approximately 5˝ long when folded. It will even fit into a shirtpocket. Rubber tipped
legs add sturdiness to this mini tripod. Designed to support a compact
35mm, digital or DV camera .......................................................................6.95
S U N PA K
508
TRIPODS
UT SERIES
Offering unique styling and a distinctive champagne finish, all UT series
tripods include 3-way pan heads with reference scales, large locking
panhandles, quick release platforms, metal center leg braces, tension/load
adjustment, quick-release leg locks and heavy-duty rubber leg tips, some
with leg spikes, for fast setup and rock solid stability. Plus, every UT
series tripod comes with a free 2nd quick-release mounting plate for a
second camera/camcorder.
2001UT
2001UT
(SU2001UT)
Lightweight and compact, the 2001UT is an excellent travel tripod. Designed for use
with compact cameras, it offers a 3-way pan head with a tilt reference scale and
separate locking controls, and a quick-release mounting plate with retractable video
indexing pin. With a folded length of only 19.7˝, it extends to 49˝, yet weighs a mere
37 ounces with its solid 22mm leg diameter. Added stability from metal center leg
braces with separate locking knob assures rigid support, while heavy-duty rubber leg
tips keep the 2001UT in place at all times. Quick-release leg locks make setup fast
and easy, even while wearing gloves. The gearless “lift-n-lock” center column, with its
large, ribbed locking collar, permits fast height adjustments, while a separate tension/load control can be set for cameras weighing as much as 4 lbs. 6 oz.............18.95
6601UT
6601UT
(SU6601UT)
With a comfortable full working height of 58.3˝, and a minimum operating height
of 20.3˝, the 6601UT features a quick-release platform with an integral bubble level,
and a second circular bubble level at the critical tripod collar for precise camera/
tripod alignment. Also standard with the 6601UT is a precision-geared center
column, accessory 1/4 x 20 mounting stud on the center column, and retractable
spiked feet. The 6601UT provides all this in addition to the full set of features found
on the 2001UT ...........................................................................................................27.95
8001UT
8001UT
(SU8001UT)
Extending to over 60˝, the 8001UT is able to support equipment weighing as much
as 6 lbs. 9 oz. The 8001UT offers a rock-solid 25mm leg diameter, and provides all
the features found on the 6601UT, while weighing only a mere 10 oz. more.......34.95
9001UT
(SU9001UT)
Extending to over 60˝, the 9001 UT is able to support equipment weighing as
much as 6 lbs. 6 oz. The 9001UT offers a rock-solid 1-inch leg diameter, and
provides all the features found on the Sunpak 6601 UT , while weighing only a mere
11 oz. more .................................................................................................................39.95
9001UT
U T S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
2001UT
6601UT
8001UT
9001UT
Maximum Height
48.9˝
58.9˝
59˝
60.2˝
Minimum Height
17.9˝
21.3˝
21.5˝
22˝
Folded Length
18.8˝
22.4˝
23.2˝
24˝
Load Capacity
4.4 lbs.
4.4 lbs.
6.6 lbs.
6.6 lbs
Leg Sections
Center Column Type
Weight
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
3
3
3
3
Rapid
Geared
Geared with tension control
Geared with tension control
2.31 lbs.
2.8 lbs.
3.3 lbs.
3.3 lbs.
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
S U N PA K
3300 PRO
3300 PRO
Setting the standard in both performance and style, the 3300 Pro is
manufactured from Tritanium (an ultra-lightweight alloy of titanium,
magnesium and aluminum), and delivers incredible strength-toweight performance. Able to support equipment weighing up to 11 lbs.,
the 3300 PRO weighs a mere 3 lbs., 4 oz., while its dual groove leg
design adds additional strength without any extra weight.
It opens to a maximum height of
63˝, has three leg sections, with
integral quick-release lock levers, and
features multi-angle leg adjustments
for use on uneven terrain or for
extreme low angle photography.
◆
◆
With “grounder” capability, the 3300 PRO can operate at a minimum height of
less than 23˝, without the need for a short center column.
TRIPODS
◆
3300 PRO
Folds to a compact 23.9˝. Other
features include a 3-way pan head
with quick-release mounting plate,
and a reversible center column, with
locking height controls and tension
load adjustment.
3300 Pro Tripod with 3-Way Pan/Tilt Head (SU3300P) .......................................69.95
3300 PRO-B
509
3300 PRO-B (SU3300PB): An enhanced version of the 3300 Pro, the 3300 PRO-B
extends from a minimum working height of 11˝ to a maximum height of 62.9˝,
and folds down to 23.2˝. It weighs only 2.7 lbs, supports 11 lbs. and features
3-position angle adjustment latches for maximum stability..............................79.95
3300 PRO and Fieldmaster Specifications
3300 PRO
3300 PRO-B
FieldMaster
FieldMaster LE
Maximum Height
63˝
63˝
57.8˝
57.8˝
Minimum Height
18.5˝
18.5˝
11˝
11˝
Folded Length
23.6˝
23.2˝
21˝
21˝
Load Capacity
11 lbs.
11 lbs.
4.4 lbs.
4.4 lbs
Leg Sections
Center Column Type
Weight
3
3
3
3
Rapid (with tension control)
Rapid
Rapid
Rapid
3.31 lbs.
3.31 lbs.
2.2 lbs.
2.2 lbs.
FieldMaster and FieldMaster LE
Sturdy, rugged and reliable FieldMaster (Black) and FieldMaster LE (Green) tripods
extend to a maximum working height of 58˝, and a minimum operating height of
11.0˝. These high-quality tripods feature a quick-release platform with a built-in bubble
level for precise leveling, and can support up to 8.8 lbs with the supplied panhead with
quick release, and 4.4 lbs with the supplied ballhead (yes they come with two heads).
■ Individual
leg angle adjustments, separate leg extensions with quick twist leg locks on each
tripod leg and retractable leg spikes enable you to set up your equipment at a comfortable height on
even or uneven terrain, with the utmost stability.
■ They
are equipped with a two-section “split” center column for ultra-low angle use
■A
removable metal accessory hanger at the bottom of the center column permits you to
suspend a stabilizing weight, helping to reduce any unnecessary camera/tripod movement.
FieldMaster (SUFMP) .....................................49.95
FieldMaster LE (SUFMLE) .............................49.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
S U N PA K
ULTRAPRO SERIES
510
TRIPODS
UltraPro 757 / 777 Tripods
Pro-caliber tripods, the UltraPro Series combine innovative engineering, rugged construction, a full complement of advanced features, and
outstanding value. Based on a unique asymmetrical leg design providing extra torsional rigidity and added stability at any height, Sunpak
UltraPro tripods are further enhanced with oversized, ergonomically
designed flip leg-locks, lockable U-section metal leg braces, and graduated leg sections plus fully calibrated tilt controls for quick and easy
setup in the field or studio.
◆
Smooth-action 3-way fluid-effect
head with separate friction controls
for pan and tilt
◆
Locking vertical-angle adjustment,
plus adjustable-length handle for
video applications.
◆
Geared center column with easygrip locking knob and separate
friction adjustment.
◆
Heavy-duty articulated rubber leg
tips with retractable spikes.
◆
Removable head and second 1/4x20
mount on bottom of center column
for low-angle shooting.
◆
UltraPro 777
Free second quick-release plate for
maximum convenience when using
two cameras. And both include a
generous limited lifetime warranty.
UltraPro 757 (SUU777): Silver color. The UltraPro 757 has separate
bubble levels on the top yoke and on the smooth-action, 3-way fluid
effect pan/tilt head.............................................................................79.95
UltraPro 777 (SUUP777): Silver color. It has a single bubble level on the
pan/tilt head, but offers ultra-wide leg-spread capability for extreme
low-angle “grounder” shots...............................................................89.95
UltraPro 757B (SUUP757B): Same as above in black color ...............79.95
UltraPro 777B (SUUP777B): Same as above in black color ...............89.95
U LT R A P R O S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Maximum Height
Minimum Height
757 / 757B
777 / 777B
74.8˝
71.7˝
B A L L H E A D S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Maximum Camera Supported
Compact
Medium
Medium-sized SLR
SLR with telephoto lens
28˝
25˝
Load Capacity
4.2 lb.
6.5 lb.
Folded Length
29.4˝
28˝
Height
3.2˝
3.2˝
Load Capacity
11 lbs.
11 lbs.
Quick Release
No
No
Leg Sections
3
3
No
No
Center Column Type
Rapid
Geared
Spirit Level
Tripod Mount Thread
1/4˝-20
1/4˝-20
Weight
6.2 lbs.
6.6 lbs.
Weight
0.29 lbs.
8.1 oz.
Compact and Medium Ball Heads
Sunpak’s beautifully-finished Compact and Medium Ball Head are the perfect complement to
compact digital and film cameras. Featuring a heavy-duty nickel-plated ball-joint for years of
dependable use, the rugged ball-and-socket design of these heads allow for quick camera
positioning, both horizontally and vertically. For added ease in securing and positioning a
camera, knurled camera mount and locking knobs provide positive textured holding surfaces,
while an anti-scratch plate keeps camera bottoms from being damaged. Weighing only 4.8 oz.
and 8 oz. respectively, these“take anywhere” heads mount to tripods with a 1/4-20 stud.
Compact Ball Head (SUBHC): For use with compact cameras. Supports 4.2 lbs .............................................19.95
Medium Ball Head (SUBHM): For use with most 35mm cameras. Supports 6.5 lbs........................................24.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
S U N PA K
MONOPODS
STUDIOBALL
EZEE Pod
Weighs only 27.8 oz. but can
support equipment weighing up
to 3.3 lbs.
◆
The four-section grooved
tubular leg design extends to
62˝, folds down to 22.8˝.
◆
Fast, “no snag” twist lock collars and speedy,
one-hand “floating power assist” height
adjustment speeds camera positioning for
easy setups and rock-solid stability.
◆
Manufactured in Switzerland, by J.P. Graf,
Studioball is a high-precision engineered
ballhead suited for both studio and outdoor
photography. Made from aircraft-strength
aluminum, Studioball comes in two sizes,
standard, and mini, and are available in
either Quick Release or reversible 1/4˝ and
3/8˝ stud configurations. Features exclusive to
Studioball make it an outstanding choice for supporting just about any
camera system, from 35mm up to larger 8 x 10 field cameras. Shooters who
use long lenses will especially benefit from their many features.
◆
A heavy-duty swivel rubber tip provides
sure footing and a convenient carry strap is
included for easy transport.
◆
Includes a FREE second quick-release
mounting plate for a second camera
EZEE Pod (SUEZEE) ....................................39.95
◆
Dual function friction knob, which
(A) adjusts relative tension on the ball ,
and (B) safely locks the ball head,
preventing tipping over of the camera
if the main locking knob is loosened
inadvertently.
◆
Large size main locking knob, which
holds the camera in any position,
including verticals, providing rock
steady support for even the heaviest
camera/Tele-Lens combinations.
Compact Monpod
The Compact Monopod provides
sharp images and steady viewing
with cameras, binoculars and scopes.
Super-compact and lightweight, it
folds to 161⁄2˝ and weighs only 14.4
oz. easily fitting most camera
bags and packs. Easier and
quicker to set up than a
tripod, it’s
multiple
anodized
metal leg
sections
extend to
605⁄8˝ for
comfortable eye-level shooting, and
it has a locking ball head for fast adjustments
◆
Comfortable neoprene handgrip and leglock rings, handy neckstrap, and an ingenious belt/waist clip that fits into the rubberized leg tip so you can use the monopod as a
chest pod for fast-action photography and
maximum maneuverability in tight places
Compact Monopod (SUMC) ......................39.95
The exclusive ball bearing swiveling
pan mechanism (SB-QR and SB-14)
provides absolutely smooth and
vibration-free camera rotation. Long
life and reliable function is guaranteed
even under the most severe conditions.
◆
Heavy duty 6mm body casing
◆
Posi-Lock quick release mechanism
(SB-QR) provides that extra bit of
“insurance” that many photographers
have so often wished that they had.
Camera plates, which can be inserted
from either side of the quick release
mechanism are held in place not only
by tightening the quick release locking
knob, but by the addition of a red safety
lock device which holds the camera in
place, even in case of unintentional
loosening of the locking knob.
◆
The MiniBall version is perfect for
backpacking or any time weight is a
problem — it weighs only 1 lb. 3
ounces.
SB-QR
SB-14
MI-QR
MI-14
Load Capacity
45 lbs.
45 lbs.
13 lbs.
13 lbs.
Tripod Socket
3/8˝-16
3/8˝-16
3/8˝-16
3/8˝-16
Pan, horizontal
360°
360°
360°
360°
Tilt, vertical
95°
95°
95°
95°
Weight
3.7 lbs.
3 lbs.
1.23 lbs.
0.91 lbs.
Height
5.5˝
5.4˝
4˝
3.9˝
Base Diameter
3.5˝
3.5˝
2.4˝
2.4˝
SB-QR Studioball Ballhead (STSBQR)
With independent panning lock and
quick release.....................................399.95
SB-14 Studioball (STSB.25):
With independent panning lock and
reversible 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ screw .........369.95
Miniball Studioball (STMBQR)
With quick release ...........................239.95
Studioball Miniball (STMB)
With reversible 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ screw..199.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
511
◆
Professional Ballheads
TRIPODS
Distinctively styled with a professional black finish, the full-featured EZEE Pod is equipped with
Sunpak’s interchangeable UT
Series 3-way pan head, which features a quick-release platform with
built-in bubble level. For added
versatility, the 3-way pan head can
easily be removed, permitting
EZEE Pod to accept other heads,
like Sunpak’s Compact Ballhead.
T I LTA L L & O T H E R S
TRIPODS
PRO TRIPOD WITH 3-WAY PAN-HEAD
Includes what is probably the most unique panhead ever designed. The multi-position
panhead tilts 90˚ to the left , 45˚ to the right, 90˚ forward and 45˚ backward. The center post
rotates a full 360˚. The tripod is complemented with all metal locking knobs, pan handles
and all terrain legs featuring both rubber and spiked feet. You also get the bonus of one leg
that screws off and becomes a full length monopod. Available in black, silver and gold.
60˝ maximum height , 70˝ with center post extended, folds to 30˝, and weighs 6 lbs.
Tiltall Black (TIST01B) ......109.95
Tiltall Silver (TIST01S) ........99.95
Tiltall Gold (TIST01G) .......119.95
Tiltall JR
Back by popular demand, the Tiltall JR offers the exact same features and construction as the full
size Tiltall ST-01 in a compact design. Available in black or silver, the Tiltall JR tripod has a
maximum height of 43.2˝ (53.2˝ with center post extended), folds to 23.8˝, and weighs 3.6 lbs.
FREE
large case
w/purchase
Tiltall JR Silver (TIST06JRS) ............................................................................................................................89.95
McClamp
“The Clamp” & “The Stick”
512
The Clamp and The Stick eliminate wind effect for improved sharpness of photographs. The Clamp clamps to
a tripod leg while The Stick sticks into the ground, allowing them to hold such items as gray cards and 12˝
reflectors. They improve compositions by providing more control of your subject and background. Explore new
creative angles by adjusting their 26˝ flexible arm while the clamp holds your small subject in place. The holding clamp has two surfaces - firm plastic outside jaws for a firm grip, and soft inner neoprene jaws to hold delicate subjects. They store flat in a camera bag and include a nylon carrying bag.
The Clamp
The Clamp (MCC)........................................................39.95
THE POD
A versatile beanbag with a 1/4˝-20
camera screw protrusion, The Pod acts
as an impromptu camera-holding assist
for a myriad of unusual scenarios.
Sealed with a strong strip of velcro and
filled with malleable plastic pellets,
it finds a way to contort itself to a
supportive shape. Stitched with tough
nylon and with removeable insides for
lightweight travel when needed.
◆ Water-resistant
nylon construction
with tough stitching
◆
Can be used in places where tripods
are normally prohibited, such as
museums and monuments
◆
Non-marking non-slip base
◆
5 x 2˝ (WxH), it weighs 16 oz.
The Pod: Available in yellow (POPY) and
red (POPR) ........................................16.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
The Stick (MCS) ..........................................................39.95
ULTRAPRODUCTS
UltraPod I/II
UltraPod I
Miniature Camera Supports
The UltraPod I is a small, lightweight (2oz.) portable camera tripod with sturdy fold
out legs, a unique ball and socket camera mount assembly (with positive locking
latches), and a strong Velcro strap for securing to tree limbs, railings, pack frames, or
any other solid object. Folds to a compact 4˝. A larger (4oz.) version of the above,
the UltraPod II is designed to support larger SLR cameras. Folds to 7.5˝ to fit in a
pocket or camera bag.
UltraPod I Black (ULUP1B ) ...........14.95
UltraPod I Blue (ULUP1BL ) ...........14.95
UltraPod I Yellow (ULUP1Y) ...........14.95
UltraPod I Red (ULUP1R)...............14.95
UltraPod II (ULUP2B) ................................................................................................18.95
UltraMount
(ULUM)
A larger version of the ball
and socket head on the
UltraPod II. Same locking
features for a secure setting.
Has a 1/4-20 socket on the
bottom for attaching to your
own stand or tripod ..........9.95
For Any Inquiries Regarding Your Order, Call Our Customer Service:
(800) 221-5743 • (212) 239-7765 • FAX: (800) 947-2215 • (212) 239-7549
UltraClamp
UltraMount
UltraPod II
UltraClamp (ULUC)
Universal Clamp Assembly
A strong, heat treated aluminum clamp,
designed to attach to a rolled down car
window, table top, bike handle bar —
up to 11⁄2˝ tubes and pipes. Utilizes
UltraMount ball and socket head for
mounting digital cameras...............21.95
VELBON
MINI TRIPODS
Mini tripods offer a variety of functions and features designed to cover most
photo situations.
TRIPODS
DF-MINI Dual Function Mini Tripod (VEDFM)
All-black finish, deluxe mini “Dual-Function” grounder photo/video tripod with unique
3-way quick release panhead.............................................................................................34.95
DF-10ML Deluxe Dual Function Mini Tripod (VEDF10ML)
The DF-10ML is an all-black finish, deluxe dual-function tripod that features 3-way pan
head with quick-release, lift center-column, 3-section extruded aluminum legs with radial
braces, quick side-lever locks and rubber tipped feet......................................................27.95
VGB-37
DF Series Tripods
The lightweight
VGB-37 is a standardsize deluxe photo
tripod that features
all-die cast metal
construction and
extruded aluminum
leg sections with
quick lever leg locks,
steel ground spikes
with retractable
round rubber feet
and a 3-way diecast
aluminum panhead
with quick-release.
Detachable 3-way panhead can be mounted to
the bottom of the center column
◆
Bubble level for more precise tripod leveling
◆
Metal geared center column for precise camera
positioning
◆
3-section 23.5mm extruded aluminum legs with
quick lever locks for fast, easy setup
◆
Radial leg braces and arm guide lock for extra
stability
VGB-37 Tripod (VEVGB37) .................................79.95
513
◆
The all-black finish DF series are dual function
tripods designed for use as both a photo and
video tripod. The panheads feature a sure-grip
pan/tilt control handle positioned on the left side
for easy access to main camera controls. The
tripods feature 3-section tubular aluminum legs
with radial leg brace for extra stability and convenient tripod setup. Quick side-lever leg locks
offer easy leg adjustments.
DF-30
DF-30 Lightweight Tripod (VEDF30):
20mm wide leg and rubber tipped
feet. Lift center column for quick and
easy vertical camera positioning.
2-way panhead with a retractable
camcorder alignment pin ............27.95
DF-50 Deluxe
Lightweight Tripod (VEDF50):
With QB-4W 3-way quick-release fluid
panhead. Same as the DF-40 except it has
23mm wide legs and steel ground spikes
with adjustable round rubber tips ...44.95
DF-40 Deluxe
Lightweight Tripod (VEDF40):
Steps up with a geared center column
with preset friction control system,
bubble level and QB-4LC 3-way quick
release panhead for smooth pan and
tilt ..................................................29.95
DF-60 Deluxe
Heavy-Duty Tripod (VEDF60):
With QB-5W 3-way fluid panhead and
quick-release platform. Same as the
DF-40 except it has 27mm wide legs and
steel ground spikes with adjustable
round rubber tips..............................54.95
V G B - 3 7 a n d D F S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Maximum Height
Minimum Height
VGB-37
DF-30
DF-40
DF-50
DF-60
66˝
57˝
57˝
59.5˝
63.5˝
23˝
20.5˝
20.5˝
21.5˝
23˝
Folded Length
24.2˝
20.8˝
21˝
22.8˝
23.8˝
Load Capacity
––
5 lbs.
10 lbs.
12 lbs.
15 lbs.
Leg Sections
3
3
3
3
3
Center Column Type
Geared
Sliding
Geared
Geared
Geared
Weight
4.29 lbs.
2.4 lbs.
2.6 lbs.
3.2 lbs.
4 lbs.
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
VELBON
TRIPODS
CX SERIES
The titanium bronze and black CX Series are deluxe standard size dual -function tripods that feature a unique 3-way panhead
that is ideally suited for use with all compact digital and 35mm
SLR cameras. The panheads are equipped with a left-positioned
sure-grip pan/tilt control handle that allows easy access to the
main camera controls as well as better flash position when the
camera is in the vertical orientation.
CX-444 Deluxe Photo/Video Tripod
◆
Unique panhead design features
left side control handle with
right side camera platform tilt
◆
The 3-way panhead(PH-249Q)
incorporates a large 2-position
quick-release camera platform
(QB-4W) with retractable
camcorder alignment pin.
514
◆
Sure-grip pan/tilt control handle
also serves as the locking
mechanism for the tilt
movement on the panhead.
◆
Side tilting and panning lock
knobs
◆
Geared center column with
preset friction control system for
quick vertical camera positioning
◆
4-section 20mm tubular
aluminum legs with radial leg
braces for maximum stability
and convenient tripod setup
◆
Quick side-lever locks for easy
leg adjustments
CX-690 Deluxe Heavy-Duty
Photo/Video Tripod
◆
Deluxe, heavy-duty dual-function tripod ideally suited for use
with 35mm SLR, point and shoot, and compact cameras, plus
compact and full-size camcorders
◆
Thicker 3-section 27mm tubular aluminum legs with radial
braces for maximum stability and convenient tripod setup
◆
Large 3-way fluid pan head (PH-259Q) features a sure-grip
pan/tilt
control handle that is positioned on the left side, allowing the
right hand unobstructed access to control camera functions.
◆
Right-tilting quick-release platform allows 35mm cameras
vertical as well as horizontal composition
◆
Leveling bubble is mounted on the tripod body for more
precise tripod leveling
CX-470 Deluxe (VECX470) ..........................................................................29.95
◆
Geared center column with preset friction control for quick
and easy vertical camera positioning.
CX-570 Deluxe Tripod (step-up features)
◆
This hefty tripod weighs only 3.9 pounds, yet can be extended
to 63˝ and folds down to 24.3˝.
CX-444 Deluxe (VECX444) ..........................................................................38.95
CX-470 Deluxe Tripod (step-up features)
◆
◆
◆
◆
3-way pan head (PH-349Q)
features a sure-grip pan/tilt
control handle that is positioned
on the left side for more positive
panhead control. This allows the
right hand unobstructed access
to control camera functions.
Right-tilting camera platform
allows vertical and horizontal
composition. Additionally,
cameras with heavier lenses will
sit more securely to the platform
in the vertical position.
◆ Non-slip rubber tipped feet
3-section 20mm tubular aluminum legs with radial leg braces for
maximum stability and convenient tripod setup.
Leveling bubble is mounted on the tripod body for more precise leveling.
CX-570 Deluxe (VECX570) ..........................................................................39.95
CX-690 Deluxe (VECX690) .........................................................59.95
C X S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
CX-444
CX-470
CX-570
CX-690
Maximum Height
57˝
57˝
59˝
63˝
Minimum Height
20˝
20˝
21˝
23˝
Folded Length
21.3˝
21.6˝
22.8˝
24.3˝
Load Capacity
5 lbs.
10 lbs.
12 lbs.
15 lbs
3
3
3
3
Rapid Sliding
Geared
Geared
Geared
2.4 lbs.
2.4 lbs.
3.2 lbs.
3.9 lbs.
Leg Sections
Center Column Type
Weight
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
www.bhphotovideo.com
VELBON
CHASER & CHASER E SERIES
TRIPODS
The sturdy, medium-weight Chaser and Chaser
E tripods offer reliability and durability for the
photographer who requires more of his/her tripod. The leg assemblies are constructed of die-cast
components and extruded aluminum tubular legs
with quick side-lever leg locks for quick and easy
set-up. The unique design of the optional 3-way
panhead allows for better support of longer lenses.
The camera mounting threads are designed to
tighten against the camera platform. Heads are
mounted on lift center columns (Chaser E series)
or friction adjustable geared center columns
(Chaser series).
Chaser EFL-3 (VECEFL3A): The EFL-3 features 3-section
26mm extruded tubular aluminum legs, slotted slide-lever
locks for quick and easy leg adjustments and rubbertipped feet for no-slip set ups ......................................69.95
Super Chaser (A) (VESC): The Super Chaser (A) features
3-section 26mm extruded tubular aluminum legs and an
extra-long geared center-column extension. An optional
panhead can be attached beneath the center column for
low-angle shots .............................................................54.95
EFL-3
EFL-4 (A)
Super Chaser (A)
Maximum Height
65.9˝
60.8˝
60.5˝
Minimum Height
10.9˝
10˝
22˝
Folded Length
25.8˝
21˝
23.5˝
Load Capacity
12 lbs.
11 lbs.
12 lbs.
Leg Sections
3
4
3
Center Column Type
Sliding
Sliding
Geared
Weight
4.4 lbs.
5 lbs.
3.5 lbs.
OPTIONAL PANHEADS & BALL SOCKET HEADS FOR CHASER TRIPODS
PH-157 3-Way Panhead (VEPH157): All die-cast metal panhead with left side mounted pan/tilt
control handle and right tilting camera mounting platform ....................................................27.95
PH-157Q
PH-157Q 3-Way Panhead with Quick-Release Camera Platform (VEPH157Q): Same features as
the PH-157 Panhead, but with a QB-157 quick-release camera platform ...............................37.95
PH-243 Mini-Compact Ball Socket Head (VEPH243): Mini-compact ball socket head features
metal construction with single lever operation. Supports up to 3 lbs ......................................24.95
PH-253 Compact Magnesium Ballhead (VEPH253): Made of diecast magnesium for light weight
and strength. Single lever operation with panning. Base diameter is 1.7˝. Support 6.6 lbs ....59.95
PH-253
PH-343 Medium Ballhead (VEPH343): Made of diecast magnesium for light weight and strength,
and features single lever operation, with a panning base. Supports up to 2.5 lbs ...................29.95
PH-353
PH-343
PH-353 Large Ballhead (VEPH353): Made of diecast magnesium for light weight and strength.
Single lever operation with panning base. Features a 2˝ diameter camera platform. It supports
up to 6.6 lbs ..................................................................................................................................39.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
515
Chaser EFL-4 (A) (VECEFL4A): Same as above EFL-3 plus
2-section lift center column and 3-position leg spread
for low-angle camera shooting, and 4-section 26mm
extruded aluminum tubular legs .................................79.95
C H A S E R S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
VELBON
516
TRIPODS
MAXi SERIES
Utilizing an innovative Trunnion Shaft system that makes them extremely
lightweight and compact, the MAXi series are the ideal traveling tripods. The
trunnion shaft design of the MAXi’s legs allows a ratio of working height to
collapsed length which was previously impossible. Sufficiently sturdy and
supremely compact, it is an ideal travel tripod for small cameras. They also
feature all die-cast construction, lift center column for quick and easy camera
postioning, four-section leg design with rubberized quick release leg locks, and
convertible leg tips (rubber foot pads can be retracted to reveal spikes for soft
ground). Each leg can be extended or moved outward separately.
◆
The MAXi 343E and 347E feature a lift center column for quick and easy camera
positioning. The MAXI 343E offers the all metal die-cast PH-243 ball socket head, while
the 347E features a patented panhead, the PH237Q. They all include a tripod case.
◆
The MAXi 347E and 347GB are equipped with the specially designed PH-237Q panhead.
Where most standard panheads add length when a tripod is collapsed, the PH-237Q
panhead features a one-of-a-kind flat design that allows for minimum compactness when
the tripod is closed.
◆
The MAXi 347GB with a geared center column offers more precise control of the upward
and downward movement of the center column. It also comes with sturdy leg braces for
greater stability.
MAXi 343E
MAXi 347E
M A X i S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
343E (VEM343E)
347E (VEM347E)
347GB (VEM347GB)
Extended Height
Folded Length
Weight
Price
62.4˝
17.5˝
1.9 lbs
69.95
63˝
17.3˝
2.2 lbs
89.95
63.4˝
16.8˝
2.6 lbs
89.95
MAXi 347GB
ULTRA-MAXi-S
Using the same innovative Trunnion Shaft system as the MAXi Series, the Ultra-MAXi-S is
extremely lightweight and compact and features all die-cast metal construction. The Direct
Contact Pipe System of this five section tripod allows you to extend and lock it’s legs at any
point with a unique “Quick Twist n’ Lock” mechanism in the leg pipe. This allows it to extend
to more than 4.4 times its folded length. Each leg section locks by twisting clockwise and
unlocks when twisting the leg pipe counterclockwise. This new system also speeds up the set-up
time. A great tripod for light gear when you’re travelling abroad. The Ultra-MAXi-S includes
a tripod case.
Ultra-MAXi-S (VEUMS)
Includes an all metal die-cast PH-243 ball socket head....................................................................................99.95
U LT R A M A X i - S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Ultra Maxi-S
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
Extended Height
Folded Length
Weight
50˝
17.3˝
1.7 lbs
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
VELBON
ULTRA-MAXiF & ULTRA-LUXiF
Travel Tripods
ULTRA
LUXiSF
ULTRA
LUXiF
ULTRA
MAXiSF
517
ULTRA MAXiF
ULTRA MAXiF (VEUMF)
Weighing only 2 lbs., this five-section tripod reaches a maximum
height of 60˝ and minimum height of 6.5˝. When folded it is a
compact 14˝ and has a load capacity of 5 lbs. It includes a PH-237Q
4-way Revolver Panhead (quick release plate is QB-3)...................129.95
ULTRA LUXiF (VEULF)
Weighing only 2.9 lbs. this five-section tripod reaches a maximum
height of 63˝ and minimum height of 7.4˝. Folded it is a compact 15.3˝
and the load capacity is 6 lbs. with three bubble levels. It includes a
PH-145Q 3-way Panhead (quick release plate is QB-145C) ..........139.95
ULTRA MAXiSF (VEUMSF)
Weighing only 1.6 lbs., this five-section tripod reaches a maximum
height of 48˝ and minimum height of 6.2˝. When folded it is a
compact 12.8˝ and has a load capacity of 5 lbs. Includes PH-343
Ball-Socket Head ...............................................................................119.95
ULTRA LUXiSF (VEULSF)
Weighing only 2 lbs., the Ultra LUXiSF 5-section tripod reaches a
maximum height of 47.6˝ and minimum height of 7˝. When folded it
is a compact 13.4˝ and the load capacity is 6 lbs. It includes a PH-353
Ball-Socket Head ...............................................................................129.95
QRA-3 Quick Release Adapter
No more fumbling when
using this affordable,
lightweight and
convenient quick
release adpater.
Designed for use
with digital, film
and video cameras, the
QRA-3 simply screws on to your panhead or
ball-socket head, while the QB-3 quick release
plate, screws into the bottom of your camera.
The QRA-3 comes complete with the adapter
and quick release plate, which both use a
1/4-20˝ screw. Weighing a mere 1.9 ounces this
handy accessory is 2.4˝ long by 1.5˝wide.
QRA-3 Adapter (VEQRA3) ...........................28.95
U LT R A M A X i F & L U X i F S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Ultra MaxiF
Ultra MaxiSF
TRIPODS
The ULTRA Series tripods (MAXiF, MAXiSF, LUXiF and
LUXiSF) have a patented Direct Contact Pipe System
which is a unique cross-section of the leg tubes that
enables you to quickly lock and unlock the leg sections
simply by a half-turn twist. This allows the user to extend
and lock the tripod’s legs at any point, without traditional
flip locks, by using a unique “Quick Twist n’ Lock”
mechanism in the leg pipe. They also feature a patented
Trunnion Shaft System where the main leg bolts are now
positioned above the shafts. This allows the telescopic leg
tubes to slide further into each other and utilize the area
previously occupied by the bolt. This makes the tripod
more compact when closed and taller when extended.
They each have five leg sections so that when folded they
are extremely compact. They can be used at low- and
semi-low angle with a split center column, and come
equipped with a removable head, rubber feet, tripod case
and limited lifetime warranty.
Extended Height
Folded Length
Weight
60˝
14˝
2.1 lbs
48˝
12.8˝
1.6 lbs
Ultra LuxiF
63.4˝
15.3˝
2.9 lbs
Ultra LuxiSF
48˝
13.4˝
2.1 lbs
Replacement Quick Release Plates
QB145 Quick Release Plate (VEQB145):
For ULTRA LUXiF........................................................13.95
QB3 Quick Release Plate (VEQRPMAXI347):
For MAXi 347 Series.....................................................11.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
VELBON
NEO CARMAGNE 730/740/830/840
TRIPODS
3-Section and 4-Section Tripods
The 3-section 730/830 and 4-section 740/840 Neo Carmagne (pronounced “Carmain”—stands for Carbon Fiber
and Magnesium) tripods feature a state-of-the art design that makes them ideal for SLRs and medium format
cameras. The leg sections are constructed of superior carbon fiber tubing and Magnesium alloy, making them
extremely lightweight, yet sturdy. The unique carbon fiber material is one-third lighter than traditional aluminumbased tripods and yields a level of strength that far surpasses iron or aluminum. In addition, its composition is
excellent for absorbing vibration and resisting temperature changes. Each leg is equipped with durable urethane
grip protective covers to prevent scratching.
◆ Weighing
just over six pounds, the Neo
Carmagne’s body and other components are
die-cast with magnesium alloy, creating a
compact, well-built tripod.
518
◆
They can be set up quickly and effortlessly
for any shooting situation, with the tripod’s
versatile and individually adjustable leg
spread positions (standard, semi low-angle
and full low-angle).
◆
◆
Inner Jut Pipe system provides a convenient
and fast method to setup and collapse the
tripod’s leg sections by eliminating the
circular rotating motion that occurs when
the leg locks are disengaged. This allows you
to tighten or loosen the tripod leg sections
independently.
◆
Geared center column allows for precise
adjustment and features a friction adjuster
and elevator stopper.
◆
Available in black, the tripods also feature all
metal rubber covered collar leg locks; rubber
tipped, adjustable metal spikes; and a “free”
stone bag for extra stability.
The legs come equipped with urethane grip
protective leg covers to prevent scratching.
N E O & E L C A R M A G N E S E R I E S S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
730 (VENC730)
740 (VENC740)
830 (VENC830)
840 (VENC840)
530 (VEEC530)
540 (VEEC540)
630 (VEEC630)
640 (VEEC640)
Maximum Height
74.25˝
67.75˝
78.7˝
78.7˝
64.7˝
58.3˝
68.5˝
64.8˝
Minimum Height
6.4˝
5.6˝
13.8˝
13.8˝
10.2˝
9.3˝
9.4˝
8.6˝
Folded Length
27.6˝
22.8˝
32˝
26.7˝
24.8˝
20.4˝
26.8˝
22˝
Load Capacity
––
––
30 lbs.
30 lbs
25 lbs.
25 lbs.
25 lbs.
25 lbs.
Leg Sections
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Rapid
Rapid
Geared
Geared
Rapid
Rapid
Rapid
Rapid
5.18 lbs.
5.07 lbs.
6.72 lbs.
6.83 lbs.
Center Column Type
Weight
Price
$
479.95
$
$
499.95
599.95
$
629.95
3.8 lbs.
3.7 lbs.
4.7 lbs.
4.6 lbs.
$
$
$
$
289.95
299.95
329.95
339.95
EL CARMAGNE 530/540/630/640
3-Section and 4-Section Tripods
The 3-section 530/630 and 4-section 540/640 EL Carmagne extremely light, sturdy tripods have rigid carbon fiber legs,
a durable magnesium body and magnesium panheads. Carbon fiber and magnesium materials are 1/4 lighter than aluminum. These versatile tripods have low- and semi low-angle positions with a split center column, as well as scratchresistant Neoprene grips and rubber feet. The effortless Lever Lock system enables extending or contracting the legs at
any position even in cold weather. The 530 and 540 come with the PH-250B 3-way panhead, the 630 and 640 come
with the PH-460B 3-way pan head. They also include a tripod case, Stone Bag, accessory hook and lifetime warranty.
◆
Height-markings on lower two leg sections
allow for more precise positioning
◆
Lower section detaches to allow full lowangle tripod positioning. The split center
column lets the tripod to go down to 10.2˝
◆
Tripod head can be mounted on either end
of the center column
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
◆
Neoprene covering protects the top leg
sections from scratches, and make them
easier to use in extreme weather conditions
◆
2-section lift center for quick and easy
height adjustment. Dual thread panhead
mounting stud (3/8˝ and 1/4˝).
◆
Ideal for all 35mm applications except lenses
larger than a 400mm f/2.8
◆
◆
All metal, rubber covered collar leg locks
and rubber tipped feet for no - slip setups.
They include an accessory hook and a
“stone bag” (tripod apron), which can be
used to add stability to the tripod.
VELBON
MAGNESIUM (Mg) TRIPOD HEADS
PH-285 Magnesium 3-way Panhead (VEPH285)
An ideal companion for the Carmagne tripods, the PH-285 is a magnesium three-way
panhead with separate pan/tilt and side tilt control handles. It is also equipped with removable
handles for left and right side usage, and the interchangeable side tilt handle allows for 90°
tilting in either direction. Weighs 3.3 lbs and supports loads up to 22 lbs.......................299.95
PH-285
PH-263QL Heavy-Duty Ball & Socket Head with Quick Release (VEPH263QL)
Made of diecast magnesium for light weight and strength, the PH-263QL supports up 8.8
lbs. and incorporates two bubble levelers making it suitable for 35mm & smaller medium
format cameras. Single lever operation with panning and an adjustable position for the lock
lever. The quick release plate can be installed in the clamp in either direction ...............139.95
PH-273QL
PH-263QL
TRIPODS
PH-253 Compact Ball Socket Head (VEPH253)
Compact ball socket head constructed of die-cast magnesium and aluminum. Features
single lever operation. Base diameter is 1.7˝. Supports up to 6.6 lbs..................................59.95
PH-273QL Heavy-Duty Ball & Socket Head with Quick Release (VEPH273QL)
Same as above, except the PH-273QL supports up to 11 lbs.............................................169.95
MONOPODS
UP-43 (VEUP43):
Deluxe 4-section compact tubular leg
with wrist strap, foam covered hand
grip, quick side-lever leg locks, rubber
tipped foot and a ball socket head.
Weighs 16 oz., extends to 63˝ and
folds to 20.5˝................................39.95
UP-40 (VEUP40):
Deluxe 4-section compact tubular leg
with wrist strap, foam covered hand
grip, quick side-lever leg locks rubber
tipped foot and a direct mount camera platform. Weighs 12.3 oz., extends
to 61˝ and folds to 18.3˝.............27.95
UP-4000 (VEUP4000):
4-section extruded aluminum leg
with direct mount camera platform,
wrist strap, polyurethane hand grip,
quick side lever leg locks and an
adjustable rubber foot with concealed
steel ground spike. Weighs 14 oz.,
extends to 63˝ and folds to 20˝ ..19.95
QRA-635L Quick Release Adapter (VEQRA635L)
Magnesium alloy quick release adapter with
double bubble levels for 35mm cameras. Converts
a conventional panhead to a quick-release head.
Features a “Camera Safe” slide mounting quickrelease platform with “Auto Lock” retaining
system. Includes a standard 35mm plate........86.95
QRA-667L Quick Release Adapter (VEQRA667L)
Same as above except for medium format cameras
as well as 35mm cameras. Includes a standard
medium format plate.......................................84.95
Neo Pod-6 (VEN6):
The ultra-light, 4-section carbon-fiber
Neo Pod-6, weighs just 1.3 lbs., yet has
superior load-bearing capabilities. It
includes a velcro padded strap, which can
be detached for use around your neck,
and a Monopod Pocket that attaches to
your belt for greater stability. The first leg
section is covered with a scratch-resistant
Neoprene Grip. It features an Accessory
Hook, large rubber twist leg locks and a
non-skid rubber foot. It has a maximum
height of 60.2˝ and folds to 18.9˝ 109.95
NEO POD-7 (VEN7):
Same as the Neo Pod-6, but it has a maximum height of 66.9˝, folds to 20.9˝ and
weighs 1.7 lbs.................................129.95
QB-635 Quick Release Plate (VEQB635)
Replacement for QRA-635L ..............................Call
QB-635L Quick Release Plate (VEQB635L)
Replacement for QRA-635L. It features double
bubble levels .....................................................49.95
QB-667 Quick Release Plate (VEQB667)
Replacement for QRA-667 ................................Call
QB-667L
Quick Release Plate (VEQB667L)
Replacement for QRA-667L.
It features double bubble levels
for 35mm and medium format
cameras .............................48.50
Super Mag Slider Macro Rail (VEMSM)
Magnesium alloy detachable 2-way focusing
adjuster for precise camera positioning .........99.95
Super Mag Plate (VEPM): Two-camera adjustable
magnesium mounting plate ............................74.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
519
UP-4DXII (VEUP4DX2):
Deluxe 4-section extruded aluminum
leg with fluid tilt head, QB-4L quick
release camera platform, forward
facing control handle and adjustable
neck/carrying strap. It weighs 24 oz.,
extends to 65˝ and folds to 22˝ ..36.95
Magnesium (Mg)
Tripod Accessories
WIMBERLEY
THE WIMBERLEY HEAD
Gimbal-type Tripod Heads
TRIPODS
The industry standard for serious nature photographers
since 1991, the Wimberley Head is a specialized tripod
head for telephoto lenses. A gimbal-type mechanism that
allows you to perfectly balance and easily manipulate a
long lens, the Wimberley Head is ideally suited for lenses
similar in size to a 600mm f4. It will, however, adjust to fit
virtually any telephoto lens with a rotation collar.
How it Works:
The Wimberley Head incorporates an elevated tilt mechanism
and an adjustable platform to perfectly align the center of
gravity of a big lens with the tilt axis of the head. This allows
the lens to be perfectly balanced.
520
Perfect balance means that a 15 pound 600mm f/4 behaves as
if it were weightless. Point the lens, let go, and it stays pointed
at the target. Dynamic shots nearly impossible with a ball head
are routine with a Wimberley.
With a properly adjusted Wimberley Head a photographer no
longer has to wrestle with his or her big lens. Simply point...
and shoot.
◆
Simple design of cast aluminum and
stainless steel is durable and dependable. New “Super Tough” nylon alloy
knobs are virtually indestructible.
Catalyzed urethane finish. It weighs
3.7 pounds (without quick release).
◆
The Wimberley Head can adjust to fit virtually
any telephoto lens with a rotation collar. It is
ideal for lenses similar in size to a 600mm f/4,
400mm f/2.8, or 500mm f/4. You can attach your
lens directly to the head, or you can use one of
the quick release systems that Wimberley offers.
◆
The Wimberley Head screws to any tripod
with a 3/8˝ mounting stud (this covers
nearly every tripod on the market including
all Gitzo and Manfrotto tripods). If your
tripod has a 1/4˝ stud, you can adapt it to
3/8˝ by using the BS-100 brass bushing.
Wimberley Head with Quick-Release
This Wimberley Head comes with an Arca-Swiss style quickrelease clamp attached to the head’s mounting platform.
The open-channel dovetail design of this quick-release system
makes it possible to slide your lens forward and backward to
achieve proper balance. To use this head, you must have an
Arca-Swiss style quick-release plate on each lens that you
intend to use on the head. It weighs 4.1 lbs.
Wimberley Head with Quick-Release (WITHQR) ...........564.95
Wimberley Head
without a Quick-Release
For those who prefer not to use a quick-release, or who wish
to attach another type of quick release to the head, this head
comes with mounting hardware to attach your lens directly to
the head. It weighs 3.6 lbs.
Wimberley Head without a Quick-Release (WIWTH) ....464.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
EQUIPMENT LEASING AVAILABLE
WIMBERLEY
ACCESSORIES
The Sidekick
Turn your ball head into a gimbal head in seconds
Simple design of cast aluminum
and stainless steel is durable and
dependable.
◆
“Super Tough” nylon alloy knobs are
virtually indestructible.
Your percentage of ‘keeper’ shots will definitely go up
using this device with telephotos with a tripod collar. Ideal
for 300mm f/2.8 or 500mm f/4.5 lenses, but also works
great with 70-200/f 2.8 telephoto zooms or macro lenses
with tripod collars such as the 180mm f/3.5 and 400mm
f/5.6’s made today. When the tripod collar is fitted in the
Sidekick properly, you will have perfect 50/50 weight
distribution, making movement of the lens and camera
finger-light!
◆
Catalyzed urethane finish.
◆
Comes with a built-in Arca style
quick release.
◆
Weighs 1.3 pounds.
◆
The Sidekick is designed for lenses
similar in size to a 300mm F2.8
(including most 500mm lenses).
Note: The Sidekick will accommodate some 600mm F4 and 400mm
F2.8 lenses by replacing the lens
mounting foot. Call if you are
interested in doing this.
The Sidekick, along with any ballhead with an Arca-type quick release clamp and independent panning lock as well an appropriate quick release plate, makes for an incredible combination to provide
control of spotting scopes. This is likely the best possible scenario for tracking a bird in flight, but will
require a spotting scope with a rotating tripod collar in order to be ergonomically practical.
The Plamp
P-5
The Wimberley Plant Clamp
Universal Camera Body Plate
Finally a way to stabilize those aggravating
windblown subjects! A
must for any macro
enthusiast, the Plamp
is an easily positionable arm used to hold
macro and other
useful objects. One
end clamps to your
tripod while the other
grasps the object. One
day in the field with a Plamp (or two) and you’ll soon realize its
full potential. The Plamp weighs 5oz. and has a length of 22˝.
(The length can be altered by adding or removing arm segments).
The P-5 is a simple universal plate
that provides the same quality of
construction, solid connection, and
anti-twist characteristics of custom
plates. It features a thin layer of
dense, textured rubber on its top
surface that grips the bottom of your
camera, but is so dense and thin, that it maintains the same
solid feel that you get with a metal-to-camera connection.
Beneath the rubber, the top
surface of the plate has a wide,
shallow cut-out running across
the middle of the plate that
insures that the plate is solidly
attached to your camera body,
and won’t twist.
Use the Plamp to:
◆
◆ Use
the P-5 on your camera with or without the vertical
grip attached
Stabilize windblown
subjects
◆ Use
for backup camera bodies, point-and-shoot cameras,
medium format cameras, and even collared lenses
◆ Adjust
the position or
angle of your subject
◆
Move background objects and obstructing foliage
◆ Hold reflectors, graduated filters, and lens shades
The Plamp (WIPAA) .....................................................................36.95
◆ The
P-5’s thin profile and generously rounded corners
make it easy on the hands; blends beautifully with the
contours of your camera.
P5 Universal Camera Body Plate (WIQRPP5) ..................52.00
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
521
◆
TRIPODS
Only 1.3 lb and compact enough to pack, the Sidekick
quickly converts any ballhead with an Arca-style quick
release clamp into a gimbal head. This allows the lens to
rotate around its center of gravity, dramatically improving
handling and vibration dampening.
WIMBERLEY
522
TRIPODS
FLASH BRACKETS
Wimberley flash brackets bring a new level of convenience, versatility and portability to the world
of flash photography. Their unique modular design allows you to add components and reconfigure
your brackets to meet nearly any need. The components of the system connect to one another
simply and securely without tools. Cmponents are milled from solid 6061 T6 aluminum and are
black anodized. Connections are solid and cannot twist, creep, or slip apart. All knobs are captive.
Designed to integrate with the Arca-Swiss style quick release system, you can attach the brackets to
any lens with a long Arca-Swiss style plate or even to your camera body plate. The brackets work
particularly well with Wimberley lens plates. The modular design allows you to easily disassemble
any bracket for convenient storage. It also allows you to adjust the size of the bracket to fit different
sized lenses or to mix and match parts to form different brackets for different needs.
F-1 Telephoto Bracket (WIF1)
Consisting of modules M1, M2 and M3, the
F-1 Telephoto Bracket attaches to the quickrelease plate of any lens. It can be used on a
ball head or the Wimberley Head, or reconfigured to work on the Sidekick. Add other
modules to add macro capability or to form
a quick-flip wedding bracket ................195.95
F-2 Macro Bracket (WIF2)
Consists of modules M1 & M4. The articulating arm on this bracket is comprised of
two double ball and socket links that lock
positively and offer a great range of flash
positions. Bracket attaches quickly to your
lens or camera body plate with a narrow
Arca-Swiss style quick-release. Adding the
M-8 plate makes it more convenient to use
this bracket on your camera .................168.95
F-3 Telephoto/Macro Kit (WIF3)
Consists of the F-1 Telephoto Bracket and
M4 Macro Arm allowing you to form either
the F-1 Telephoto Bracket or the F-2 Macro
Bracket. (You can’t form both brackets at the
same time.) You can also also attach the M-4
to the top of the telephoto bracket for added
reach and positionability ......................298.95
F-4 Wimberley Head Bracket (WIF4)
Consists of modules M3 and M5 and makes
setting up telephoto flash easy. It attaches
directly to the swinging arm of the
Wimberley Head. Since it is attached to the
head and not your lens, it remains in place
when you switch lenses .........................185.95
F-6 Sidekick Bracket (WIF6)
Consists of modules M1 & M3. It positions
the flash above the lens when using sidemounted gimbal heads such as the Sidekick.
(Note: If you want a bracket that will work
on the Sidekick and on your ball head, the
F-1 Telephoto Bracket can be configured for
either task) .............................................151.95
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
System consists of 8 modules. The modules can be configured to form many different
flash brackets. You don’t have to buy all of the modules, and you can easily expand
the versatility of your setup by adding more pieces at any time.
Module 1: Quick Release Arm (WIM1)
Attaches to the Arca-Swiss quick-release
plate on your lens or camera body ....64.95
Module 3: Tilt Arm (WIM3)
Serves as the tiltable attachment point for
your flash for telephoto brackets .......85.95
Module 2: The Upright (WIM2)
Forms the vertical upright for the F-1
Telephoto Bracket ...............................43.95
Module 4: Macro Extension Arm (WIM4)
Extremely positionable arm for advanced
telephoto work ..................................102.95
Module 1
Module 2
Module 4
Module 3
Module 5
Module 6
Module 7
Module 5: Head Module (WIM5)
Serves as the vertical upright and quickrelease attachment for the F-4 Head
Bracket. It folds for easy storage and
connects directly to the swinging arm of
the Wimberley Head...........................99.95
Module 6: Extension Post (WIM6)
This module can be added to any of the
telephoto brackets to increase the height
of your flash ........................................42.95
www.bhphotovideo.com
Module 8
Module 7: Flash Flipper (WIM7)
Add this module to the F-1 Telephoto
Bracket to easily flip your flash for vertical
and horizontal shots ...........................88.95
Module 8: Perendicular Plate (WIM8)
Lets you attach the F-1 or multiple F-2
brackets to your camera. Also use as a
small macro slider for making small
forward-backward adjustments for
macro photography ............................84.95
WIMBERLEY
ACCESSORIES
Quick Release Plates
Wimberley’s line of Arca-Swiss style quick release plates for collared lenses offer a host of
innovative features that separate them from other plates on the market. They have safety
stops at the front and back of the plate to prevent your expensive lens from accidentally
slipping out of the quick release clamp, and are long enough so that there is enough distance
between the two stop screws to straddle the length of most quick release clamps.
double dovetail cross-section allows you to attach
Wimberley’s flash brackets to the upper or lower surface of the plate.
◆
They accept RRS & Kirk flash brackets as well as
Wimberley’s own quick-release flash brackets.
◆
Slots accommodate multiple fasteners and fastener
positions to orient the plate on the lens foot to best fit
your needs. Hang the plate off the front or back of the
lens foot to attach flash brackets to the plate.
Adjust the position to best suit the balance point of
your lens. Since the plates are universal, you don’t have
to buy a new plate if you switch to a different lens.
◆
◆
P-30
Each plate comes with the hex key needed to
attach the plate to your lens, safety stop
screws for the front and back of the plate,
and the hex key necessary to install the
safety stop screws. The plates attach to your
lens with 1/4˝ captive fasteners.
The P-10, P-20, and P-30 plates have
anti-twist nubs at the back of the plate to
keep the plate from twisting if it is mounted
with only one fastener. The larger P-40 and
P-50 plates don’t, because it is assumed that
they will be attached with multiple fasteners.
Wimberley’s quick release clamps have a unique
tongue-in-pocket design that protects internal
parts from dust and grit. The tongues are nearly
twice as long as those on conventional Arca-Swiss
style clamps. This added length counteracts the tendency of the moving jaw of the clamp to hinge backward
during clamping, thus keeping the jaws aligned with the geometry of the plate
and eliminating unwanted bending forces on the threaded stud.
◆
There is a stop screw located on the end of the stud. This screw keeps the knob and
internal workings of the clamp captive.
◆
Two shallow channels extend from the sides of the clamp and stop just short of the
central tapped hole. These channels allow greater fore-aft adjustment when using
the safety stops on Wimberley quick-release plates.
C-30 Quick-Release Clamp (WIQRCC30)
Made specifically for the Wimberley
Head, the C-30 is 4.1˝ long and attaches
with two 3/8˝ stainless steel screws. The
two fasteners prevent it from moving or
twisting once installed. The C-30 comes
with all the hardware and tools needed
to fasten it to the head. You can also
attach the C-30 to other equipment for
applications where you desire a long
clamp. The clamp has three 3/8˝ threaded mounting holes...........................99.95
P-40
P-50
P-10 (WIQRPP10): 3.3˝..............51.95
P-20 (WIQRPP20): 3.9˝..............51.95
P-30 (WIQRPP30): 4.4˝..............54.95
P-40 (WIQRPP40): 5.9˝..............57.95
P-50 (WIQRPP50): 6.5˝..............57.95
Replacement Feet
These custom
low-profile
replacement feet
lower the center
of gravity of
large lenses and
make them
easier to pack.
The replacement feet have the same dual safety
stops and flash bracket compatibility as
Wimberley’s lens plates. They are milled to slide
right into an Arca-Swiss style quick-release
clamp, and also have 1/4˝ and 3/8˝ tapped holes
for mounting to non-quick-release tripod heads
and monopods. All tools needed to replace your
existing lens foot are included.
AP-452 (WIFN400): For Nikon 400 f/2.8 AF-S I/II,
and 600 f/4 AF-S II. Lowers the overall height of
the lens by about 2˝ .....................................78.95
AP-553 (WIFN500): for Nikon 500 f/4 AF-S I/ II,
and 200-400 f/4 AF-S VR. Lowers the overall
height of the 500 f/4 by about 2˝ and 1.25˝ for
the 200-400 f/4 .............................................78.95
AP-652 (WIFN600): For Nikon 600 f/4 AF-S I (the
600 f/4 AF-S II uses AP-452). Lowers the overall
height of the lens by about 1˝ .....................78.95
AP-602 (WIFC600): For Canon 400 f/2.8 IS and
600 f/4 IS. Lowers the overall height of the lens
by about 1.5˝ ................................................78.95
ORDER & INFO. (212) 502-6340 • FAX: (212) 239-7770 (800) 947-7008
1-800-290-6750 • www.bhphotovideo.com
PHOTO - VIDEO - PRO AUDIO
523
Quick Release Clamps
C-10 Quick-Release Clamp (WIQRCC10)
The C-10 clamp is 2.5˝ long, and has a
central 3/8˝ threaded hole that can be
used to fasten it to a tripod or any
equipment requiring a quick-release
clamp. It also has three 1/4˝ threaded
holes, allowing you to use multiple
fasteners or set screws to keep the clamp
from twisting. It includes one set screw
and a wrench making it easy to keep the
clamp from twisting, and a 3/8˝ to 1/4˝
brass reducer bushing .....................78.95
P-20
TRIPODS
◆A
P-10
Download PDF